Sie sind auf Seite 1von 188

Study on Industrial Policy and

Services
Within the Framework Contract of Sectoral
Competitiveness Studies – ENTR/06/054

Final Report – Part II

Client: Directorate-General Enterprise & Industry

Paul Baker – Study Team Leader


Nora Plaisier
Saara Tamminen
Isabelle de Voldere

Rotterdam, 5 November 2008


Disclaimer: The views and propositions expressed herein are those of the experts and do not
necessarily represent any official view of the European Commission or any other organisations
mentioned in the Report

ECORYS Nederland BV
P.O. Box 4175
3006 AD Rotterdam
Watermanweg 44
3067 GG Rotterdam
The Netherlands

T +31 (0)10 453 88 00


F +31 (0)10 453 07 68
E netherlands@ecorys.com
W www.ecorys.com
Registration no. 24316726

ECORYS Macro & Sector Policies


T +31 (0)31 (0)10 453 87 53
F +31 (0)10 452 36 60

Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Preface

This Final Report has been produced as part of the “Study on Industrial Policy and
Services” commissioned by the European Commission Directorate General for Enterprise
and Industry, within the context of the framework contract on Sector Competitiveness
Studies (ENTR/06/054).

The Final Report is published in two parts. The first part, covered in a separate document,
provides the main background analysis of industry-service interactions and cross-cutting
policy themes and issues, together with the Executive Summary. The second part, which
is covered in this document, provides a review of six selected service sectors that are
heavily used by industry, together with a synthesis of the main findings from the sectoral
analysis.

The analysis contained in the Report has been undertaken by a team of consultants from
ECORYS Netherlands and IDEA Consult under the direction of the Team Leader, Paul
Baker. The project team has been supported by three external experts: Prof. Ian Miles
(Manchester Institute of Innovation Research), Prof. Luis Rubalcaba (University of
Alcalá, and President of the European Association for Service Research, RESER) and
Henk Kox (CPB – Netherlands), who have provided guidance and advice.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table of contents

1 Overview 1
1.1 Introduction 1
1.2 Selection of sectors 2
1.3 Statistical overview of selected sectors 3
1.4 Screening of framework conditions 7
1.5 Screening against policy initiatives 13

2 Industrial Cleaning 15
2.1 Sector overview 15
2.2 Competitiveness analysis 16
2.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions 16
2.2.2 Apparent labour productivity 17
2.2.3 Productivity enhancement 19
2.2.4 Demand side conditions 19
2.2.5 Competition and business strategies 20
2.2.6 Internationalisation 21
2.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions 21
2.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards 22
2.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions 23
2.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends 24
2.4 Overview of potential policy issues 25
2.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention 25
2.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives 27

3 Security Services 41
3.1 Introductory comments 41
3.2 Sector overview 41
3.2.1 Main sector characteristics 41
3.3 Competitiveness analysis 43
3.3.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions 43
3.3.2 Apparent labour productivity 43
3.3.3 Productivity enhancement 44
3.3.4 Demand side conditions 45
3.3.5 Competition and business strategies 46
3.3.6 Internationalisation 47
3.4 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions 47
3.4.1 Regulatory conditions and standards 47
3.4.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions 49
3.4.3 Exogenous conditions and trends 51

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 7


3.5 Overview of potential policy issues 51
3.5.1 Key arguments for policy intervention 51
3.5.2 Screening against policy initiatives 53

4 Private employment agencies 65


4.1 Sector overview 65
4.2 Competitiveness analysis 67
4.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions 67
4.2.2 Apparent labour productivity 68
4.2.3 Productivity enhancement 69
4.2.4 Demand side conditions 70
4.2.5 Competition and business strategies 71
4.2.6 Internationalisation 72
4.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions 73
4.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards 73
4.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions 74
4.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends 76
4.4 Overview of potential policy issues 77
4.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention 77
4.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives 79

5 Engineering and technical consulting services 97


5.1 Sector overview 97
5.1.1 Statistical overview (Architectural and engineering activities and
related technical consultancy; technical testing and analysis) 98
5.2 Competitiveness analysis 99
5.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions 99
5.2.2 Apparent labour productivity 100
5.2.3 Productivity enhancement 100
5.2.4 Demand side conditions 101
5.2.5 Competition and business strategies 102
5.2.6 Internationalisation 103
5.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions 104
5.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards 104
5.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions 105
5.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends 108
5.4 Overview of potential policy issues 109
5.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention 109
5.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives 110

6 Logistics services 121


6.1 Sector overview 121
6.1.1 Statistical overview (Cargo handling and storage; other supporting
transport activities; activities of other transport agencies) 124
6.2 Competitiveness analysis 125
6.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions 125
6.2.2 Apparent labour productivity 125
6.2.3 Productivity enhancement 126

8 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


6.2.4 Demand side conditions 127
6.2.5 Competition and business strategies 129
6.2.6 Internationalisation 130
6.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions 131
6.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards 131
6.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions 133
6.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends 135
6.4 Overview of potential policy issues 136
6.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention 136
6.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives 137

7 Computer related services 147


7.1 Sector overview 147
7.1.1 Statistical overview (Computer and related activities) 148
7.2 Competitiveness analysis 149
7.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions 149
7.2.2 Apparent labour productivity 149
7.2.3 Productivity enhancement 150
7.2.4 Demand side conditions 150
7.2.5 Competition and business strategies 152
7.2.6 Internationalisation 153
7.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions 154
7.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards 154
7.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions 156
7.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends 160
7.4 Overview of potential policy issues 161
7.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention 161
7.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives 162

8 Facilities Management 173


8.1 Introduction 173
8.2 Facilities management – terms and definitions 173
8.2.1 Different views on facilities management 173
8.2.2 Facilities Management sector: different players 174
8.3 Demand side conditions 175
8.4 Supply side opportunities 177
8.5 Future challenges in total facilities management 177
8.6 Potential policy implications 178

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 9


1 Overview

1.1 Introduction

This report has been produced as part of the study “Study on Industrial Policy and
Services” commissioned by the European Commission Directorate General for Enterprise
and Industry, within the context of the framework contract on Sector Competitiveness
Studies (ENTR/06/054). Specifically, the report aims to provide an overview of six
business services sectors, selected in consultation with DG Enterprise, that would provide
a starting point for assessing the possible scope and diversity of sectoral issues and
industry-service inter-linkages that may warrant further attention from the perspective of
EU industrial policy.

In accordance with priorities established between the consultants and DG Enterprise, the
agreed focus for the analysis of the selected service sectors was as follows:
• An assessment of the competitive position of selected service sectors and their
contribution to the competitiveness of client (industry) sectors, including:
- Structure and segmentation of the sector and markets;
- Performance evaluation and identification of the main drivers and inhibiting
factors for competitiveness;
- Important trends (at EU and global level) shaping, or expected to shape,
development of the sector.
The purpose was to provide a brief overview of the main features of the selected
service sectors within the EU and to identify and summarise their main performance
indicators and competitiveness drivers. Further, it was the intention to examine the
main trends in areas such as global competition, developments within the EU internal
markets and productivity performance.
• An assessment of regulatory and other framework conditions for the sector and the
impact of (actual or potential) policy issues, including:
- Identification of potential market failures and other possible problems affecting
the business environment for EU service providers;
- Assessment of key issues and priorities related to the regulatory environment or
‘other’ framework conditions for which there may be a role for EU-level policy
initiatives;
- Screening and prioritisation of sector issues against existing (or potential) EU
policy initiatives.
The purpose was to develop framework profiles for the selected service sectors,
together with policy profiles. In turn, these profiles provide a starting point for
assessing the extent to which the different service sectors are (actually or potentially)
affected by various EU-level policy initiatives and measures and the implications for
industry-service interactions.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 1


1.2 Selection of sectors

The selection process, conducted in collaboration between the consultants and


representatives of the European Commission DG for Enterprise and Industry, has been
based on a number of key attributes seen to be relevant from an economic and policy
perspective, which were placed alongside the requirement to have a contrasting set of
sectors in the final selection. The key attributes were:
• Contribution to overall production costs for industry (Input-Output (I-O) analysis);
• Potential role in knowledge diffusion and innovation;
• Characterisation of the sector / service activity, e.g.:
- Manual (tangible) versus knowledge (component);
- Relative labour versus capital intensity;
- Standardisation versus customisation of services provided;
[These underlying characteristics can also be linked to other characteristics such as:
possibility for choice over external versus internal provision, open versus closed
production processes, and amenability to digital delivery and other technological
developments, etc.]
• Relationship with and relevance to key economic challenges (globalisation,
technological change, environment, demographic change);
• Existing EU policy initiatives.

With regard to the final point (existing EU policy initiatives), it was agreed that the study
would not address those sectors – mainly network-type sectors – such as transport,
telecommunications, finance and insurance and distribution that are already the focus of
significant EU-wide policy initiatives, albeit initiatives mainly outside the domain of
industrial policy.

On the basis of the selection process, the following broad service sectors were identified
as candidates for incorporation in the second phase of the study:
Knowledge-intensive Business Services (KIBS) sectors
• Computer and (non-standardised) software services;
• Engineering and technical services;
These sectors are characterised (in general terms) by their knowledge intensity, relative
capital intensity, and high degree of specialisation. As such, they are associated with their
positive contribution to user performance in terms of their effects on technological
change and their innovation role and, in turn, the challenges posed by globalisation (e.g.
digital delivery and international outsourcing, etc.)
Operational Business Services (OBS) sectors
• Industrial cleaning;
• Private security services;
• Recruitment and temporary employment.
These sectors are characterised by the relative importance of manual processes and labour
intensity and are typically perceived as having low levels of specialisation. Proximity
(physical presence) for delivery of services is of obvious importance, as is the emphasis
on cost reduction as a motivation for externalisation of service provision. They are also

2 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


associated with potentially significant impacts from the development of the Internal
Market and accompanying harmonisation of regulations and standards. The sectors are
also of interest in terms of the developing provision of integrated multiple services
solutions (i.e. facilities management).
Network-related sector
• Logistics.
Transport services are among the most important service-related cost items for many
manufacturing sectors (notably capital and intermediate products), and of growing
importance for many other sectors where flexibility, rapidity and internationalisation of
sourcing and supply chains is a key factor in competitiveness. In this context, although it
is beyond the scope of the study to cover transport services per se, the provision of
logistics services has been included as it is associated with a fundamental role in efficient
and effective management of a key area of industry-service interaction.

1.3 Statistical overview of selected sectors

Table 1 provides an overview of the main characteristics of the sectors, as described by


available and comparable statistical data. In analysing these data, it needs to be
recognised that there are often limitations in existing statistical classifications that make it
difficult to identify precisely the business service activities/sectors that are covered,
notably for engineering and technical consulting, logistics and those computer related
activities that are primarily related to services (as opposed to product based).
Furthermore, as is shown in the individual sector chapters of this report, there is
considerable heterogeneity across Member States, such that European aggregates may
mask important differences between countries. At the same time, it is not the purpose of
this analysis to provide precise sector or national data but, rather, to identify broad
patterns across and within sectors and countries.

As a starting point, Table 1 reveals the economic importance of the selected sectors
within the European economy in terms of employment, turnover and value added, based
on Eurostat data1. The smallest sector is private security services, with an estimated 1.2
million workers and a turnover of €35 billion, while the largest sectors, in terms of
employment, are private employment agencies with 3.3 million workers2 and industrial
cleaning 3.0 million workers. The largest sectors in terms of turnover and value added are
logistics (turnover: €353 billion, value added: €130 billion)3 and computer and related
services (turnover: €331 billion, value added: €167 billion).

1
In general, Eurostat data are broadly in line with data obtained from sector associations. Where such data is available, it is
reported in the sector chapters.
2
Of which, it is estimated roughly 250 thousand are ‘internal’ workers of private employment agencies and the rest are
temporary agency workers.
3
Data refer to the NACE category cargo handling and storage; other supporting transport activities; activities of other
transport agencies (63.1 + 63.2 + 63.4)

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 3


An indication of the relative labour intensity of each sector is provided by the variable
‘share of labour in production’4. This shows the high relative labour intensity of the three
operational business service (OBS) sectors: industrial cleaning (59%), private security
services (60%), and private employment agency services (63%)5. The difference between
turnover per worker and value added per worker provides an indication – albeit rather
approximate - of the relative importance within the output of the sector of ‘other goods
and services’ that are provided alongside labour services. For the three OBS sectors, the
ratios of value-added per worker to turnover per worker are relatively high (68-76%)
compared to architectural, engineering and technical consulting (50%) and logistics
(37%).

The variable ‘wage-adjusted labour productivity’ is calculated by dividing the value


added per worker by the average personnel cost per employee6. It provides, therefore, an
indication of the relative average productivity of workers in the sector, in terms of the
extent (%) to which the value added created exceeds the cost of labour. The lowest wage-
adjusted labour productivities are in industrial cleaning (115%) and private security
(116%), although, the difference between these sectors and the other sectors – with the
exception of logistics – are perhaps not so great as could be expected a priori. The sector
that stands out in this regard is ‘logistics’, for which the wage-adjusted labour
productivity is estimated at 175%. This partly reflects the low labour intensity of the
sector and also – although not explicitly estimated from the data – we can assume the
high level of capital utilised in production.

The subsequent three rows of data provide estimations of the role of larger firms in the
sector and, thus, provide some indication of concentration in the sector. The number of
enterprises represents (approximately) the sum, across countries, of the number of
enterprises with more than 250 employees and the proportion of total turnover and
employment accounted for by these enterprises. On this basis, the sector with the lowest
concentration in terms of shares of turnover (21%) and employment (14%) of ‘large’
enterprises is the architectural, engineering and technical consulting services sector. This
can be contrasted with private employment agencies, where ‘large’ firms account for 65%
of turnover and 70% of employment.

The data on turnover per worker and value-added per worker by enterprise size attempt to
provide some indication of the possible importance of enterprise size and, therefore,
possible economies of scale for the different sectors. What we can see is that average
production and value added per worker – a standard measure of labour productivity - is
negatively related to size for the sectors of industrial cleaning, private security and private
employment agency services7. By contrast, there seems to be a positive relationship for

4
Defined as the share of personnel costs in the value of production. Note that this does not include remuneration to the
‘owner’/entrepreneur where this is included under operating surplus rather than personnel costs. This can be important in
sectors characterised by a high proportion of micro-enterprises.
5
This labour intensity can also be seen by comparing the relative size of average personnel costs per employee to turnover
per worker for each sector.
6
A value of 100 would indicate that the average value-added (which includes the cost of labour) created is exactly equal to
the average cost of labour in the sector.
7
Some caution is necessary in the interpretation of labour productivity data for the private employment agency (PrEA) sector
since, to a large extent, variables such as turnover, value-added and personnel costs will reflect the financial remuneration
and other labour costs associated with the provision of temporary agency workers. To the extent that the composition of

4 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


the other sectors, although the importance of scale effects for architectural, engineering
and technical consulting services and ‘logistics’ service does appear to depend on
whether turnover or value-added per worker is considered.

The interpretation of these data depends upon the point of view taken with regard to
whether the ‘outputs’ from these sectors are considered as cost-critical inputs to other
forms of economic activity, or as value-added generating activities in their own right.
Typically, it is the latter approach which is taken when assessing ‘competitiveness’, so
that high apparent productivity (e.g. high levels of value-added per worker) is seen as a
positive attribute. In the case of the three OBS sectors, however, these are typically
viewed in terms of the former (i.e. cost items), such that low turnover or low value-added
per worker can be viewed as a reflection of cost-competitiveness.

In this respect, the observed differences across firm size categories can also tell us
something about the relative ‘efficiency’ of firms, whereby larger firms are able to benefit
from ‘economies of scale’, such as lower management overheads or more efficient
organisation of business/service processes8. By contrast, for architectural, engineering
and technical consulting services and computer-related services, which would be
classified as knowledge-intensive business services and ‘generators’ of value-added in
their own right, we can perhaps take a more ‘traditional’ view of apparent productivity
performance. This would then suggest that there is some evidence that larger firms are
more ‘competitive’ in that they are able to achieve higher production and value-added per
worker than smaller enterprises. Finally, the situation in the ‘logistics’ sector, in terms of
the impact of enterprise size on productivity performance, probably warrants more
detailed assessment. On the one hand, the data suggest that small firms achieve
significantly greater levels of production per worker than larger companies, but, on the
other hand, value-added per worker is higher for firms with more than 250 employees
than for the other size categories.

The final rows of data simply calculate the ratio of value-added per worker to turnover
per worker (i.e. the ratio of the two preceding sets of data) by enterprise size. Here we can
look at the proportion of value-added in the turnover of the sector, which can provide a
further indication of the relative efficiency of services production. For the three OBS
sectors and ‘logistics’, the proportion of value-added in turnover is shown to increase
with company size9. For the remaining sectors, the share of value-added in turnover is
lower for enterprises with over 250 employees than for the smaller enterprise size
categories.

skill-levels (and corresponding wage levels) of temporary agency workers varies across countries then this will be reflected
in relative levels of personnel costs and, correspondingly, value added of the PrEA sector.
8
This conclusion may be seen to be somewhat weaker for the PrEA sector in relation to those segments/companies that are
dealing with the provision of specialised/skilled temporary agency workers, where ‘quality’ competitiveness may be more
important than cost competitiveness (e.g. higher value-added per worker may reflect higher ‘quality’ of workers supplied).
9
Although for private employment agencies the ratio is the same for both enterprises with 50-249 employees and 250+
employees. Here some caution is required, since the categorisation by ‘employee’ size would seem to depend on the
number of agency workers and not the number of internal staff of the enterprises.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 5


Table 1 Overview of European services sector characteristics

Industrial Private Private Architectural, Logistics Computer &


Cleaning Security Employment Engineering & (handling, related
Agencies Technical storage, & activities
Consulting support)

Number of
thousand 160 50 70 860 110 510
companies

Number of
thousand 2,960 1,160 3,280 2,580 2,120 2,640
workers

Turnover € billion 66 35 111 248 353 331

Value-added € billion 45 25 84 124 130 167

Share of labour
% 59 60 63 32 23 38
in production

Turnover per
€ 1000 22 31 34 96 166 126
worker

Value-added
€ 1000 15 21 26 48 61 63
per worker

Personnel cost
€ 1000 13 18 21 40 35 50
per employee

Wage adjusted

labour € 1000 115 116 120 121 175 126

productivity

Enterprises with 250 or more employees

Number of
number 1440 620 460 890 860 770
enterprises

Share of sector
% 44 48 65 21 41 44
turnover

Share of sector
% 51 58 70 14 46 31
employment

Turnover per worker by enterprise size (number of employees)

2-49 emp. € 1000 30 38 42 87 191 91

50-249 emp. € 1000 20 25 31 116 140 125

250+ emp. € 1000 19 21 27 137 141 167

Value-added per worker by enterprise size (number of employees)

2-49 emp. € 1000 19 19 25 44 49 43

50-249 emp. € 1000 14 17 24 58 45 60

250+ emp. € 1000 14 16 21 60 67 77

Ratio of value-added per worker to turnover per worker by enterprise size (number of employees)

2-49 emp. % 63 51 61 51 26 48

50-249 emp. % 70 69 80 50 32 48

250+ emp. % 76 74 80 44 48 46

Source: author’s estimates based on Eurostat data

6 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


1.4 Screening of framework conditions

One of the key aims of the sector analysis was to identify and prioritise key issues facing
each sector both in terms of the sector’s own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients - specifically those in industry (manufacturing). This
analysis is centred on a screening of the sector in relation to a set of main regulatory and
framework conditions. The results from these screening exercises, in terms of the relative
importance of different factors for each sector, are shown in Table 2 and Table 3. In this
section, we attempt to summarise some of the main findings and draw some comparisons
across the sectors covered by the analysis.

Regulatory measures and standards


Differences in national regulatory measures play a very important role in shaping the
development of all the service sectors covered by the study. One clear theme is the way in
which the nature and stringency of national regulations act as barriers to entry or shape
possibilities for firms to achieve economies of scale. Striking the right balance between
genuine concerns over the possible negative consequences of unregulated development of
service activities and the potential barriers to entry resulting from (over) stringent
regulation is a common theme that arises. The effects of stringent regulations that place
limitations on the types of activities that services providers are allowed to offer, or that
entail high compliance costs, are clearly reflected in the levels of concentration and
consolidation observed in national markets. For example, in both the private security
sector and the temporary employment services market, countries with high levels of
national regulation are characterised by much higher degrees of market concentration. By
contrast, stringent national regulations on who can perform technical consulting services
in some Member States appear to have the opposite effect, by creating an entry barrier to
these national markets for international competitors and restraining the development of
larger companies.

The positions of industry associations to current regulatory environments differ, however.


For example, whereas private employment agencies are generally in favour of greater
market liberalisation, the priority issue for the private securities service sector is to ensure
that requirements are raised in those Member States where security service providers are
subject to very low levels of regulation. For both these sectors, which are currently not
included within the Services Directive, greater European harmonisation of sector
regulations – and eventually completion of Internal Market rules – are seen as important.

Labour regulations (e.g. working conditions) and labour taxes and social security are also
of particular importance for those sectors that are labour intensive, especially in terms of
low-skilled workers. While other tax issues and fiscal regulations (e.g. environmental
taxes) are important for the logistics sector in terms of, for example, their influence on
location decisions of transport and distribution centres.

Industry and professional standards – including voluntary industry standards and codes of
practice – is an area where many of the sectors are active. To a large extent, the
development of industry standards for business services is at a relatively rudimentary
stage and it is only recently that national and international standards organisations have
turned their attention to standards in this area. In addition to the development of standards

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 7


(e.g. codes of conduct etc.) governing the activities of service providers themselves, a
number of sectors have been, or are currently, active in developing ‘best practice’ guides
for the procurement of their services (e.g. industrial cleaning, security services,
engineering consulting). These are seen as a way of ‘educating the client’ and
encouraging clients – particularly where cost-cutting pressures within clients themselves
is high – to pay greater attention not only to price-based procurement but also to the
quality aspects of service provision.

Other framework and ‘exogenous’ conditions


Labour force and skills and the inter-linkage with underlying demographic change are an
area where all sectors report important challenges. On the one hand, for ‘low-skilled’
labour-intensive service sectors, a shrinking active labour force can be seen to present a
problem for securing a sufficient volume of labour, particularly where the work itself may
be associated with relatively unsocial or poor working conditions and is seen as
unattractive. To some extent, for example, this is reflected in the prevalence of minority
and (im)migrant labour in sectors such as industrial cleaning. Here, raising standards and
increasing training and skills involves not only efforts to increase the professionalism and
quality of services provision, but is also seen as an element in increasing the
attractiveness of the sector to potential workers, by enhancing prospects for career
development, for example.

On the other hand, shortages of workers with specific skills are a major concern for
knowledge-intensive sectors, such as computer related services, and engineering and
technical consulting. These sectors face external challenges from countries with a
growing stock of technically-skilled workers (e.g. engineers, ICT professionals, etc.),
which increase the potential viability of off-shoring activities. In addition, tight conditions
in local labour markets mean increased competition from other sectors that may be able to
offer more attractive terms and conditions to workers.

For private employment agencies sector, which can be seen as an intermediary in the
process of labour supply and demand matching, the increasing difficulty that their clients
face in recruiting skilled and specialised workers is reflected in the fact that this is the
fastest growing segment of the employment agency business in Europe. In this respect,
demographic change and changing skills needs and availability represent important
opportunities for the sector. At the same time, existing national regulation and restrictions
on the use of temporary agency work are important for the sector – and their clients – in
shaping national skills profiles of temporary agency workers.

Skills shortages are also reflected in the discussion of knowledge and innovation issues,
specifically in sectors that are heavily reliant upon knowledge skills to drive innovation
and, in turn, productivity developments. Among the sectors covered in the study, this is
most obvious in the case of sectors such as engineering and technical services and the
more skilled (typically ICT-related) segments of logistics services. A key aspect is the
growing complexity of services being requested by clients, which results in an expanding
scope of knowledge and skills requirements, including management and organisational
capacity to handle complex projects. At the same time, increased client pressure to reduce
costs, low margins and the prevalence of small companies – particularly in engineering

8 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


and technical services – all mean that firms within these sectors face considerable
constraints in investing in R&D and innovation.

R&D and innovation is also an issue in the technical development of equipment and
systems associated with non-KIBS sectors, such as security services and even industrial
cleaning. Here, an important aspect to the knowledge and innovation equation rests on the
relationships between the providers of equipment, materials and systems and the service
providers themselves. There appears to be scope for strengthening linkages between
equipment manufacturers, service providers and, ultimately, service clients in order that
both technological and organisational innovations can make a greater contribution to
enhancing the efficiency and effectiveness of service provision.

Market access issues for the sectors covered by the study are related, by and large, to
issues of diversity in national regulatory systems and restrictions (see above). High
compliance costs, for example, can be major impediments to the internationalisation of
service activities, particularly where proximity to clients and, hence, establishing a local
presence (e.g. through FDI) is necessary for successful international development. The
study has not assessed in any depth market access issues related to markets outside
Europe. These are, perhaps, of most importance for the logistics sector, where they are
linked very closely to liberalisation of transport markets, trade facilitation measures (e.g.
customs procedures, inspections etc.) and restrictions on FDI in the transport sector. Slow
progress in multilateral negotiations on trade facilitation is seen as an important
impediment to further development of the logistics sector.

Structural change is considered as an important issue for all of the sectors covered by the
study. To a large extent this reflects the role played by these sectors in the externalisation
process (e.g. outsourcing and off-shoring etc.), which provides an important driver of
growth for the sectors. We can also observe a specific role for private employment
agencies in assisting business in adapting to structural change and changing labour
requirements and an increased need for private security services, as a result of greater
fragmentation of value chains. At the same time, structural change is also taking place
within service sectors themselves. One aspect is related to the greater segmentation of
services markets and providers, reflected in consolidation among major players and
‘niche’ strategies pursued by smaller firms and new entrants. In addition, expanding the
scope of services provided and the development of multi-service and ‘one-stop shop’
approaches, such as the development of facilities management services, is a further
feature of the structural change taking place in the business services sector.

The report has examined some limited aspects of possible competition policy issues
within the sectors covered. One aspect, mentioned above, is the role played by regulations
in shaping the structure of national service markets. For example, very high levels of
concentration are observed in some national markets for operational business services.
Whether these may give rise to competition concerns has not been assessed and,
moreover, to do so would necessitate more in-depth examination of the correspondence
between market segmentation on both the supply-side and demand-side. From the
perspective of international and global competition, there are important differences in
potential competition pressures. For all three OBS sectors, provision of services requires
close geographical proximity to clients and, therefore, international (global) competition

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 9


per se is of limited relevance, except where foreign firms establish themselves in local
markets. For engineering and technical consulting and logistics, global competition is an
important factor in the development of the market. For example, the engineering
consulting services sector is already seeing some activities being outsourced to lower cost
regions, such as India, where there is a plentiful supply of engineers. Meanwhile, global
competitors are starting to become more present even in European markets. For logistics,
Chinese companies are becoming increasingly important competitors in the sector and,
closer to home, an additional challenge comes from the increasing attractiveness of
Eastern Europe as a location for logistics activities both due to lower costs and the growth
of markets in the region

10 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 2 Sector screening of framework conditions: relevance for conditions and development of service sectors

Regulatory & ‘other’ Sector


framework conditions

Heading Item Industrial Security Employment Engineering Logistics Computer


Cleaning Services Services & technical services related
Services Services services

National
regulatory „„„ „„„ „„„ „„ „„ „
measures
EU regulatory
„ „ „„ - „ „„
measures
Regulatory Completion of
conditions internal market „ „„ „„ „„ „„ -
legislation
Industry and
professional
„„ „„„ „„„ „„ „ „
regulations
and standards
Knowledge:
R&D,
innovation and „ „„ „ „„ „„ „„„
product/service
development
Labour force,
‘Other’ knowledge and „„ „„ „„„ „„„ „„„ „„„
framework skills
conditions Market access
(trade and - „„ „ „„ „„„ „„
investment)
Structural
„„ „„ „„ „„ „„ „„
change
Competition
„„ „ „ „„ „ „„
policy issues
Technological
- „„ - „„„ „„ „„
change
Social and
Exogenous
demographic „„„ „„ „„„ „ „„ „„
conditions
change
Global
„ „ „ „„ „„ „„
competition
- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 11


Table 3 Sector screening of framework conditions: relevance for industry-service inter-linkages

Regulatory & ‘other’ Sector


framework conditions

Heading Item Industrial Security Employment Engineering Logistics Computer


Cleaning Services Services & technical services related
Services Services services

National
regulatory „„ „„ „„ „„ „ „
measures
EU regulatory
„ „ „ „ „ „„
measures
Regulatory Completion of
conditions internal market „ „ „„ - „ -
legislation
Industry and
professional
„„ „„ „„ „ „„ „„
regulations
and standards
Knowledge:
R&D,
innovation and „ „„ „ „„ „„ „„
product/service
development
Labour force,
‘Other’ knowledge and „ „ „„„ „„ „ „„
framework skills
conditions Market access
(trade and - „„ „ „ „„ „
investment)
Structural
„„ „„„ „„ „ „„ „„„
change
Competition
„ „ „„ „ „ „
policy issues
Technological
- „ - „„ „„ „„„
change
Social and
Exogenous
demographic „„ „ „„„ „ „ „
conditions
change
Global
„ „ „ „ „ „„
competition
- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

12 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


1.5 Screening against policy initiatives

Table 4 provides an overview of the screening of each of the service sectors covered by
the sector against existing and potential horizontal EU ‘industrial’ policy issues and a
number of additional possible services-related initiatives.

Among the policy initiative areas that stand out, in terms of across the board relevance for
the sectors covered by the study, are the themes of ‘better regulation and simplification’
(with particular reference to greater harmonisation of EU regulatory policies and
frameworks) and ‘other standards’ (with particular reference to the development of
European definitions and standards, professional standards and training, and ‘best
practice’ guidelines).

As noted in the main report of this study, standardisation within services activities is
increasingly being used to promote best practices, to spread knowledge throughout the
market and to set benchmarks, against which businesses can measure the quality and
performance of their own services or the services they are purchasing (thus improving
competitiveness and increasing efficiency). By and large, both with respect to quality and
technical standards, the business services industry lags far behind manufacturing, both in
terms of the adoption of such standards and in their international harmonisation. To date,
efforts to define and develop consensus on the potential role of standards in the business
services sector have had relatively limited visibility. As a consequence, international
efforts towards the development of service standards for business services are at an early
stage and appear to being developed on the basis of a rather piecemeal approach.

A second policy area that seems relevant across all sectors covered by the study relates to
‘employment, qualifications, skills and flexicurity’. Improving skills levels, raising
professional standards and addressing labour or specific skill shortages are raised as
issues for business services. There is also a link here to ‘organisational innovation’ and
the possibilities to enhance sector performance through improvements in the organisation
of business services labour-based processes. A second aspect of ‘services innovation’
relates also to enhancing the interface between service providers and clients, particularly
– but not only – in relation to more knowledge-intensive service activities. More
traditional forms of services innovation (i.e. through new service product innovations) are
also important for improving performance and competitiveness in these sectors. However,
‘support for knowledge intensive business services’ is only shown to be of major
relevance for the engineering and technical consulting services sector.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 13


Table 4 Sector screening of policy initiatives: actual or potential relevance of initiatives for the sector

Heading Initiative Relevance

Industrial Security Employment Engineering Logistics Computer


Cleaning Services Services & technical services related
Services Services services

Trade policy - - - „„ „„„ „


Trade
Proper functioning
- „„„ „„„ „„ „ „
of the IM

Public procurement „„ „„ „ „„ - „„

Competition policy - - - „ „ „„

Better Better regulation


„ „„„ „„„ „„ „„ „
regulation and simplification

Technical
- - - „ „ „
standards
Other standards „„ „„„ „ „„ „ „„
Health and safety „„ - - - - -

Research and
- „„ - „„ „ „„„
development

Intellectual
- - - „„ - „„
property rights

Innovation policy - - - „„„ „„ „„„


Knowledge
and skills
Employment,
qualifications, skills „„ „„ „„„ „„„ „„ „„„
/ Flexicurity

Access to finance /
- - - „ „ „
risk capital

Waste, water, air „„ - - - „„ „


Energy and
environment Intensive energy
- - - - - -
use

Organisational and
„ „ „ „„„ „„ „„
services innovation

Support for
knowledge
- - - „„„ „ „„
intensive business
services
Services
Measurement and
recognition of - - - „„ - „„
intangible assets

Regional actions
(demand and - - „„ „ - „
supply matching)
- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

14 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


2 Industrial Cleaning

2.1 Sector overview

Estimates from both the European Federation of Cleaning Industries (EFCI)10 and
Eurostat provide a broadly similar picture of the size and economic importance of the
industrial cleaning sector in Europe. For 2005, EFCI estimates based on data from 19
national member associations11 indicate that the total turnover of the sector was € 50.1
billion; with the sector encompassing some 122 thousand companies and employing 3.4
million workers (see Figure 1 to Figure 3). For the same year, Eurostat estimates, which
cover 26 countries12, indicated total turnover of € 65.6 billion, 158 thousand companies,
and 3.0 million workers (see Figure 4 to Figure 6). The industrial cleaning sector
accounts for approximately 0.3% of total turnover, and 2.4% of total employment in the
non-financial and non-utility business economy (NACE Sections C, D, F to I and K)13 as
shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8. These data suggest that the industrial cleaning sector
accounts for a relatively low proportion of the business economy in New Member States,
which would seem to be indicative of lower levels of outsourcing of cleaning services and
development of the industrial cleaning sector compared to ‘older’ Member States.

According to EFCI estimates, the increasing demand for the services of industrial
cleaning contractors has seen turnover – unadjusted for inflation - double over the last 10
years (from € 24.4 billion in 1995), while employment has increased by 1.3 million (from
2.11 million in 1995).

Although overall demand for cleaning services is linked to the level and growth of
economic activity, the main driver of growth for the industrial cleaning services sector
has been the continuing trend towards outsourcing of cleaning services previously
undertaken ‘in-house’. EFCI estimates that market penetration – defined as the share of
global cleaning services (i.e. in-house plus outsourced) contracted out to specialised
cleaning companies – was at a level of about 61% in 2005 for the EU as a whole. As
shown in Figure 9, however, there is quite some difference across countries in terms of
both penetration rates and the change in these rates over time.

10
EFCI (2007) “The Cleaning Industry in Europe: An EFCI Survey”, Edition 2007 (Data 2005)
11
Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Germany, Denmark, Spain, Finland, France, Hungary, Italy, Luxembourg, Norway,
Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Slovenia, Slovakia, Sweden and United Kingdom.
12
As for EFCI, excluding Czech Republic and including: Bulgaria, Cyprus, Estonia, Greece, Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania and
Romania.
13
More normally the non-financial business economy (NACE Sections C to I and K) is utilised as a reference, but as data on
the ‘utilities sector’ (NACE Section E) is missing for some countries the definition ‘non-financial and non-utility business
economy’ has been used.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 15


In terms of the breakdown of activities (see Figure 10), office cleaning is by far the most
important segment and accounts for over half of turnover; cleaning of industrial sites and
for the agri-food sector account for around 13 percent of total turnover. Although office
cleaning remains the core activity of cleaning contractors, other activities have been
growing in importance and there is a growing tendency towards diversification into
integrated services and facilities management. This tendency, which reflects changing
client needs and expectations, is increasingly influencing the strategic and operational
planning of firms within the sector. In turn, the accompanying need to adapt professional
competences of workers has become a strategic challenge for the sector.

The firm structure of the sector is characterised by a prevalence of small companies.


EFCI data indicate that three-quarters of firms within the sector employ less that 10
persons. These estimates would seem to be confirmed by Eurostat data that indicate that
nearly 50% of companies in the sector have only 1 employee, and a further 35% of
companies have between 2 to 9 employees (see Figure 13). These small companies,
however, typically account for a relatively small proportion of total turnover and
employment. EFCI assesses that those companies employing more that 500 persons
(approximately 1.5 % of total firms) account for around half of total turnover in the
sector; while Eurostat data indicate that firms with 250 or more employees account for
around 44% of total turnover (Figure 14) and over 50% of employment (Figure 15).

2.2 Competitiveness analysis

2.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions

Cleaning is highly labour intensive, with personnel costs typically accounting for 75-80%
of total costs. Accordingly, wage costs, labour taxes and social security payments are the
main drivers of costs in the sector; which implies that costs are a priori higher in
countries with higher wages and tax systems. In a market that is typically characterised by
price-based (cost-saving driven) demand, there is an obvious tension between pressure to
hold down wages on the one hand, and to provide reasonable remuneration and working
conditions for employees on the other. This challenge can be set against, and is
exacerbated by, known problems of ‘grey market’ and illegal activities of some service
providers for whom reducing labour costs provides the motivation to circumvent tax,
social security and working condition requirements (see Section 2.2.5).

The prevalence of relatively low-paying jobs within the sector and the part-time nature of
the work - 70% of employment in the sector is estimated to be part-time work (see Figure
11) - combined with the relatively poor image of the sector, contribute to problems in the
retention of workers (i.e. high staff turnover). In addition, underlying demographic
change, which influences the size of the pool of potential workers for the sector, is
already seen to be a possible cause of staffing problems for the sector. At the same time,
though jobs in the sector are mainly low-skilled, the sector can be seen to play a ‘social
role’ in terms, for example, of inclusion of immigrants into the workforce. Overall, it is
recognised that there is a need to make the sector more attractive to employees. Initiatives
in this direction would encompass better management of workers in general, improving
the level and recognition of professional standards of workers, changes to working

16 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


patterns (e.g. more full-time and day-time working), and also in terms of supporting
infrastructure (e.g. transporting workers) and technology.

One characteristic of the sector is that services are performed predominantly outside
‘normal’ working hours (i.e. usual occupation period of the premises). Daytime cleaning
tends to be the exception, though as shown in Figure 1214 it is more prevalent in
Scandinavian countries (Sweden, Denmark) and Central Europe (Poland, Czech
Republic). Increasing the proportion of daytime working is seen as one possible avenue
for increasing the attractiveness of the sector for potential workers by offering greater
opportunities for full time work and consequently improved professionalism (e.g. easier
access to professional training), employee motivation and recognition, as well as a better
balance between private and working life. Despite technical developments (e.g. cordless
and silent vacuum cleaners) there is, however, reluctance on the part of clients to accept
solutions including daytime cleaning15.

2.2.2 Apparent labour productivity

EFCI estimates indicate that average turnover per worker in the cleaning sector was
approximately € 18.2 thousand in 2005 (see Figure 16). On the basis of Eurostat data -
excluding from the calculation enterprises with only 1 employee – the estimated average
turnover per employee is approximately € 22.1 thousand (Figure 17), and estimated
average value added per employee is € 15.5 thousand (Figure 18). As can be expected,
these average figures mask considerable variation across countries, which largely reflect
the wide differences in (nominal) wage levels across European countries. At the same
time, the proportion of part-time work (see Figure 11) and prevalence of day-time
working (see Figure 12) vary significantly across countries as well, leading to variation in
average hours worked.

Table 5 provides details of the average turnover per employee and average hours worked
for those countries where both data are available. Using the EU average (based on
countries available), the Table also provides an index for each country of turnover
relative to the EU average. In terms of an overall picture, the Scandinavian countries
stand out in terms of their high apparent labour productivity. These are followed by
France, Belgium, the Netherlands and the UK. By contrast, Germany, Luxembourg and
Italy have lower apparent labour productivity, followed by Spain and Portugal.

One additional effect that seems to be at play here is the relative size distribution of
companies within the sector at a national level. Generally it appears to be the case that the
greater the proportion of the total market that is held by larger companies16 (see Figure 14
and Figure 15) then the lower the turnover per employee. Looking at the pattern across
countries and size categories of firms, it is generally the case that average turnover per
employee (Figure 17) and average value added per employee (Figure 18) is negatively
related with company size; i.e. it is the case that smaller companies (less than 50

14
Data for Belgium need to be checked with EFCI
15
See EFCI and Uni-Europa joint declaration on day-time working, available at:
http://ec.europa.eu/employment_social/dsw/public/actRetrieveText.do;jsessionid=Lf0l1lQl2tr1q4Ws8VNnJTL0vvx9JgfknyHv
vyWBhPCZwR922NK1!263744025?id=11364
16
Defined by number of employees

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 17


employees) typically register greater turnover and value added per employee than larger
companies (250 or more employees).

Table 5 Comparison of labour productivity (turnover per worker), 2005

Average turnover Average working hours Relative turnover


per worker per week per hour worked
(€ thousand) (EU ave = 100)
Finland 39.5 21 237
Sweden 49.7 28 224
Belgium 21.0 21 126
France 21.9 22 126
Netherlands 14.1 15 119
United Kingdom 14.6 18 102
Germany 13.5 20 85
Luxembourg 16.7 25 84
Italy 16.5 25 83
Spain 15.0 25 76
Portugal 10.0 20 63
Czech Republic 12.1 28 54
Austria 7.3 30 31
EU 18.2 23 100

Source: authors estimates based on EFCI data

There are a number of ways of interpreting the above finding. Firstly, however, it needs
to be pointed out that differences across enterprise size in turnover (or value-added) per
worker may reflect underlying differences in the average number of hours worked; i.e.
longer working hours or less part-time employment of workers in smaller companies.
Alternatively, it may be the case that average wages – which are the major component of
turnover and value-added – are higher in smaller companies. Finally, it may be the case
that higher turnover and value added figures reflect some degree of specialisation of the
cleaning services provided by smaller firms that enables them to charge higher prices than
larger, more generalised, firms. This would be consistent with differing strategies across
firms with, for example, larger firms adopting business models based on earning smaller
margins on high volumes of services provided, while smaller firms aim at higher margins
on a smaller volume of services.

Although the above mentioned factors may be relevant for explaining difference across
different firm size classes, it seems likely that differences across firm size categories also
tell us something about the relative ‘efficiency’ of firms, whereby larger firms are able to
benefit from ‘economies of scale’, such as lower management overheads or more efficient
organisation of business/service processes17. In this context, the apparently high nominal
‘productivity’ levels (as measured by turnover/value-added per worker) of smaller sized

17
At the same time, the data suggest that the difference between ‘medium-sized’ companies (50-249 employees) and ‘large’
companies (250+ employees) are typically small compared to the difference with ‘small’ companies (2-49 employees). This
would suggest that any ‘additional’ economies of scale tend to be relatively small once a minimum critical size is attained.

18 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


companies should not necessarily be construed as a positive attribute. On the contrary,
since cleaning services represent an ‘input’ into other forms of economic activity (i.e.
they are a cost item for client sectors), then cleaning costs may simply be higher for those
clients that rely on smaller-sized cleaning contractors. In the absence of data enabling a
correction to be made for any difference in the ‘volume’ of services provided per worker,
the conclusion appears to be that the unit-cost of cleaning services is higher for smaller-
sized cleaning contractors and, at an aggregate level, is relatively-speaking higher in
those countries with a larger proportion of the market held by smaller companies.

2.2.3 Productivity enhancement

The manual / labour-based nature of the services supplied by cleaning contractors makes
it difficult to obtain (labour) productivity increases18. Although there is considerable
technological development and a booming market in the sector of cleaning machinery,
this technical development concerns mainly ‘quality’ aspects (including, for example,
noise reduction) rather than enhancing labour productivity per se. As noted above
(Section 2.2.1) there are some efforts to try to shift to more day-time cleaning which
could enable greater full-time working which should raise overall productivity. Also,
shifting into facilities management (i.e. widening the scope of services) is another
possible means to enhance time management of workers; i.e. increase working hours
through using the same personnel to undertake a wider range of different activities/tasks.

2.2.4 Demand side conditions

As noted above, outsourcing - by both the public and private sector – has been an
important demand driver for the industrial cleaning sector. Although office cleaning
accounts for over half the market, cost saving switching to external supply of cleaning
services has motivated the increase in demand from the public sector and across industry.
Within industry, it appears that increasing demand for external provision of cleaning
services exists across all sectors, and particularly where cost-based international or global
competition is important. Unfortunately, however, there appears to be little empirical data
on use of cleaning services by industry but it does seem that a high proportion of cleaning
activities are outsourced; for example, Figure 19 indicates that for Sweden, Denmark,
Finland and Germany over 70 percent of manufacturing firms with more than 50
employees use an external provider of cleaning services, but this proportion is much
lower for Poland, Latvia, Lithuania and Slovenia.

The fact that cost saving is a priority for both public and private sector clients constitutes
a major challenge for the sector. In general, the pressure to reduce costs means that cost
(lowest price) considerations tend to dominate over quality aspects. As a consequence,
‘best value’ (i.e. quality to price ratio) is less important in customers’ decisions than
lowest absolute price. In the case of the public sector, this situation exists despite
numerous initiatives to try to improve public procurement procedures (e.g. European

18
Cleaning activities can be characterised as “labour-based repetitive manual processing” (see Interim Report). The
dependency on physical labour implies that possibilities for economies of scale may be limited since increasing the volume
of work undertaken (e.g. physical volume of surfaces to be cleaned) is likely to result in a decline in quality and decreased
effectiveness of the service provided.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 19


Public Procurement Directive) and the public sector is seen to be slow to change and to
adopt ‘best value for money’ in procurement practices. More generally, there is a
perception within the cleaning industry that many clients neither recognise nor value the
services provided by cleaning service providers. In part, this is associated with a lack of
visibility of cleaning services, as much of the work is undertaken at times when it is not
seen by the client (e.g. early morning and/or late afternoon19). In addition, it is often the
case that the purchaser of the service (e.g. procurement manager) is not the end user of
the service and, as a consequence may be less concerned by the quality of the service
provided than those persons whose working conditions are directly affected by the quality
of cleaning services that are provided.

In an attempt to improve procurement practices, EFCI, in collaboration with Uni-Europa


and with support from the European Commission, has produced a guideline for clients on
selecting best value when awarding contracts for cleaning services20. Nonetheless, from
the perspective of the cleaning industry there still remains a lack of dialogue between
clients and service providers concerning quality aspects of the service to be provided; this
is particular the case during procurement and contract negotiations when cost-cutting
remains the over-riding concern of clients.

2.2.5 Competition and business strategies

As already noted above, wage costs, labour taxes and social security payments are the
main drivers of costs in the sector, implying that where competition is price driven there
is intense pressure to reduce labour costs. As profit margins in the sector are generally
low, and where there are firms that attempt to undercut the market, this can result in the
erosion of pay and working conditions of workers and lowering of quality standards of
the services provided. For the industry as a whole, counteracting this tendency requires
collective action to reduce this type of ‘unfair’ price-cutting behaviour and to maintain
industry standards of services. In this respect, vigilance is also required from public
authorities in relation to actions against ‘undeclared’ working practices and maintaining
minimum legal wages and working practices (where these are relevant). At the same time,
it can be argued that in markets where the client often holds the upper hand in contract
negotiations and price setting, then clients should not be entirely be absolved of any
responsibility for creating situations in which the sector becomes characterised by low
wages and poor working conditions.

Given the market pressure on costs/prices, two directions for business development are
being pursued by companies in the sector: (i) entering niche (specialised) segments where
there may be fewer competitors; and (ii) widening the scope of services provided (e.g.
shift to facilities management21). Firms with their origins in the cleaning sector already
occupy an important position within the facilities management sector; with EFCI
estimating that of the 20 or so largest facilities management companies in each country,
about half have their origins in the cleaning sector. This strong representation is

19
Night work tends to be limited to specific situations like industrial premises, hospitals and airports.
20
EFCI and Uni-Europa (2003), “Selecting best value: a guide for organizations awarding contracts for cleaning services”.
21
The range of possible services is wide, including, for example: cleaning, catering, security, gardening, reception,
maintenance, waste management, hygiene, temporary employment.

20 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


attributable to the strength of the core skill of cleaning service providers in terms of
‘people management’. The advantages of facilities management from supplier side relate,
for example, to cost savings from more efficient deployment of staff (e.g. using same
personnel to do different tasks). Also, for clients, there own internal overheads can be
reduced (e.g. by removing the need to have their own internal services geared to such a
large and wide range of staff profiles).

2.2.6 Internationalisation

International cross-border trade in industrial cleaning services is to all intents zero; with
the exception, perhaps, of some very close to border activities. Provision of cleaning
services is an activity undertaken at the client’s location and so the operations of cleaning
firms and their workers need to be located in geographical proximity to their clients. In
terms of the internationalisation behaviour of companies within the sector, by and large
most companies – including many of the larger ones – tend to be family based businesses
that operate on national markets or with limited international presence. ISS is the only
truly global player, and is quite different in terms of management approach – being
essentially an ‘investment company’ – when compared to most other companies within
the sector. According to industry representatives, there are no absolute barriers to
internationalisation of cleaning service companies and those companies wanting to
expand international activities will/can do so. Nonetheless, for specific aspects of
activities (or specific service types) there can be different national rules that need to be
complied with.

From the perspective of the potential impact of international competition on the market,
there does not appear to be much concern from established players on competing on the
basis of quality aspects of service provision. However, there is significant concern
relating even further downward pressure on prices that might result from increased
international competition pressure within the sector. Fear that firms located in higher cost
markets might suffer considerably from competition from low cost countries (i.e. with
lower minimum wages, or standards for working conditions) under temporary movement
of workers provisions was a major reason for the sector to object to the adoption of an
‘origin principle’ under proposals for the Services Directive.

2.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions

The purpose of this sector is to identify and prioritise the key issues facing the industrial
cleaning sector both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). The
analysis is based around a screening of the sector in relation to the main regulatory and
framework conditions22; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 6

22
This analysis is in accordance with the general framework for assessment of regulatory and framework conditions agreed
as part of the Framework Contract of Sectoral Competitiveness Studies.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 21


2.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards

Labour standards and regulations


In terms of national-level regulations of relevance to the industrial cleaning sector, the
most important are those relating to wages and social security payment and employment
conditions; for example, national minimum wages, collective wage bargaining and
regulations governing conditions of employment (e.g. overtime payments, unsocial
working hours, etc.) Such regulations obviously influence the attractiveness of the
cleaning sector for potential workers but, as the costs are ultimately borne by clients, also
the cost to clients of contracted out cleaning services. As mentioned earlier, we can see a
certain degree of conflict between demand side pressure to keep down costs and supply
side efforts to raise the profile, attractiveness and ultimately professionalism of the
cleaning sector.

Client sector standards and regulations


Services supplied by the industrial cleaning sector are affected by regulations and
standards relating to the (client’s) premises and/or environment to be cleaned (e.g. health,
hygiene and safety, and environmental regulations) and in relation to use (and disposal)
of cleaning products and equipment (e.g. hazardous products and waste disposal). This
implies that relevant cleaning regulations and standards – whether provided internally or
outsourced to a contract cleaning company - are ‘context’ driven, being dependent upon
the activities, processes, and products and services that are ultimately to be delivered.
Thus, for example, cleaning requirements will be very different for the food industry as
compared to the chemicals industry, or for office cleaning compared to hospitals.

Sector-level standards and regulations


The industrial cleaning sector is not subject to specific industry-level regulations and
compulsory standards. Moreover, there does not appear to much impetus from the sector
itself for the development of formal industry standards and, if anything, the main pressure
for the development of industry standards – particularly where these relate to quality
aspects of the services provided - appears to be coming from the demand side (some
client groups) and from national standardisation bodies (in conjunction with CEN). At the
European level, CEN published a European standard on ‘Cleaning services – Basic
requirements and recommendations for quality measurement systems’23 in 2001, but this
appears to have generated little interest from the sector. Evaluating the general situation
of standards in 2005, CEN notes that “taking into account the size of the cleaning
industry, further European standards are needed. … If seen as necessary, European
standards on the qualification of personnel, on code of practice or contract drafting
could be further developed at the European level.”24

From the perspective of the cleaning industry itself, there seems to be little enthusiasm for
the further development of national-level or European wide formal standards. One
problem cited by the sector is that the industry is not providing a standardised product,
since cleaning requirements are different for different client sectors and individual client

23
EN 13549
24
CEN (2005) “Final Report on European Commission Programming Mandate M/340 in the Field of Services” CEN/BT/WG
163 – N022, 15 March 2005

22 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


companies. In addition, client demands and the services themselves are changing
continuously, which makes it difficult to define and implement standards. There is
concern, therefore, that imposing industry-level standards and regulations would hamper
development of the sector.

In contrast to the sectors position on development of formal standards, there is a much


more positive attitude towards promoting greater ‘professionalisation’ of the sector (e.g.
through vocational training) and improving the sectors image and recognition through
improvements in the quality of service provision for clients and workers (e.g. improved
techniques, products, working conditions etc.). Such efforts go hand in hand with, for
example, emphasising the quality aspects of service provision (see Section 2.2.4) and
promoting greater full-time working and use of day-time cleaning. Given these priorities,
it would seem that there is scope for enhancing national-level (and eventually European-
level) recognition of professional qualification and systems for quality accreditation of
service providers, which could benefit both the sector itself (and workers therein) while
providing greater information on service quality standards to be expected from contract
cleaning companies.

2.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions

Knowledge and innovation


As noted earlier, the main impetus for technological innovation in the cleaning sector
comes largely from the side of cleaning equipment and cleaning product suppliers.
Technological development related to these inputs into cleaning processes has only a
limited role in terms of improving the efficiency of cleaning operations (e.g. quantity of
physical labour required for specific cleaning tasks) but can be important in terms of the
effectiveness / quality of cleaning services provided. Where there is more scope for
innovation within the industrial cleaning sector per se, is in relation to process and
organisational innovations, particularly in relation to organisation of working practices.
One example, as mentioned earlier, would be increased use of day-time working that is
also linked to technological developments such as quieter and cordless cleaning
equipment. Of course, such developments remain conditional upon the acceptance of
clients.

Labour force and skills


The workforce within the cleaning industry is dominated by low-skilled workers; EFCI
estimates indicate that about 90 percent of workers in the sector can be classified as ‘blue
collar’ (essentially low-skilled manual workers). In addition, the sector is notable for the
high proportion of female workers (around 75%) and from immigrants/ethnic
minorities25. At a broader level, the impact of demographic change is seen as an important
issue for the sector (see below). The sector itself seeks to promote greater professionalism
through vocational training, though the focus on professional development appears to
differ significantly across countries and depending on company size.

25
Details on the ethnic composition of the workforce are not easily (or in some cases legally) available, but the cleaning
sector has a reputation for employing a large number of immigrant workers and from ethnic minorities.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 23


Market access
The industrial cleaning sector is included within the scope of the Services Directive.
Market access is not seen as a particularly major issue for the industrial cleaning sector;
though their may be some small impact from the existence of different national standards
relating to cleaning requirements (health, hygiene, safety etc.) for some client segments
and types of cleaning activities. It is worth noting, also, that there was considerable
resistance to the possibility of an ‘origin based’ principle to services provision that would
have permitted service providers from Member States with low wage and low
employment protection to undermine the position of incumbent suppliers (firms and
workers) in high cost Member States.

Structural change
Structural change in the form of outsourcing of cleaning service activities has been a
driving force for development of the industrial cleaning sector. EFCI estimates (see
Section 2.1) already indicate penetration rates of around 60 percent in terms of cleaning
activities outsourced to external cleaning contractors. This, nonetheless, leaves
considerable scope for further expansion of the industrial cleaning sector, both in terms of
turnover and employment. The industrial cleaning sector itself is also subject to structural
change based on the growing importance of multi-service provision and facilities
management services, which reflect both growing demand from clients for more
integrated service provision and efforts by service providers to enhance efficiency
through economies of scope.

Competition issues
The main issues related to competitive behaviour in the sector appear to concern ‘unfair’
price-cutting behaviour, where this leads to avoidance of tax, social security and working
condition requirements (e.g. undeclared working). Leaving this issue aside, entry barriers
into the industrial cleaning sector are limited and this is reflected in the rapid increase in
the number of firms operating within the sector26. It is very difficult, however, to evaluate
whether this trend may mask other elements of market malfunctioning or competition
concerns. As already noted (see Section 2.1), a relatively small number of larger firms
within the sector account for a substantial proportion of total turnover and employment,
but this in itself provides no evidence of potential competition problems. Other forms of
market segmentation may also be present, for example on a geographical basis or for
particular market segments, but it is beyond this study to evaluate whether these give rise
to any possible concerns.

2.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends

Technological change
Rapid technological change has been identified as one of the key challenges for European
industry, both manufacturing and services, particularly in relation to developments in the
field of ICT. Industrial cleaning activities, which rely primarily on the provision of
manual (labour-based) services and for which proximity is a necessity (i.e. activities
generally need to be carried out at the clients premises), are among the activities that are

26
For example, EFCI estimates indicate that the net increase in the number of companies in the sector has been running at
over 9 percent per year.

24 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


least susceptible to the application of ICT-based technologies and to significant shifts in
technological development in a more general sense.

Social and demographic change


As a sector that is dependent on the supply of labour-based services, demographic change
(in the form of both possible decreases in the overall size and ageing of the European
population) is seen to be an important challenge for the future for the cleaning sector. In
particular, for a sector characterised by relatively low wages and unsocial working
conditions, attracting and retaining young workers from a shrinking pool of supply is an
major area of concern.

From another, but linked perspective, policies to better integrate migrant workers into the
labour market are seen as an important mechanism for offsetting processes of
demographic change in Europe. In this respect, the industrial cleaning sector is already
noted for the high presence of migrant workers and its ‘social’ role in assisting the
integration of immigrants into the workforce

Global competition
For the reasons noted above (under technological change), industrial cleaning services
have to be provided locally an so – leaving aside potential provision of services through
temporary movement of workers – the sector is not really subject to global competition.
Of more relevance are the possible international behaviour and location decisions of
client sectors and the impact that this has on demand for cleaning services within Europe
and on the internationalisation behaviour of European cleaning service companies
themselves. Currently there are relatively few truly global players within the industrial
cleaning sector (or more broadly, facilities management), though there are a number
operation on a regional scale.

2.4 Overview of potential policy issues

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise potential areas for European policy
initiatives both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). To begin
with, the possible arguments (justification) for possible policy intervention from an from
an economic standpoint are examined. After this, the analysis is based around a screening
of the sector in relation to existing industrial policy initiatives and some specific themes
relevant to the business services sector; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 7

2.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention

Social externalities
One important social externality associated with the provision of industrial cleaning
services relates to the ‘amenity value’ to other firms and businesses, consumers and the
general public that may result from cleaning activities but that are not necessarily
reflected in decisions over the level and quality of cleaning services (whether or not
provided ‘in-house’ or contracted out). The most obvious examples would relate to
exterior cleaning aspects (e.g. facades and windows) or interior areas accessed by the
general public, for which both appearance of cleanliness and hygiene levels are relevant.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 25


Taking a broader view, as noted earlier, industrial cleaning is characterised by relatively
high proportions of female and (im)migrant worker in the workforce. The ‘social role’
played by the sector in terms of integrating these persons into the workforce and, in turn,
into society as a whole may provide a further justification for policy intervention.

A further (negative) externality may be associated with productivity performance of the


industrial cleaning services sectors and the implications that this may have for the
competitiveness of client sectors. As already noted, the industrial cleaning sector is
primarily a manual (physical) labour based activity for which possibilities to raise
(labour) productivity either through greater use of capital (e.g. machinery and equipment)
or economies of scale may be limited. Attempting to increase the volume of work
undertaken (e.g. physical volume of surfaces to be cleaned) per worker is likely,
therefore, to result in a decline in quality and decreased effectiveness of the service
provided. The combination of limited scope for securing productivity gains for basic
manual cleaning activities together with limited scope within the marketplace for service
providers to differentiate their service offers on the basis of ‘quality’ lies at the heart of
explaining the very strong pressure to hold down labour costs within the sector. There is,
however, a limit to which labour costs can be held down in this way and, in any case, it is
arguably undesirable from both a social perspective and for the long term development of
the cleaning sector. Overall, it will be important for both the cleaning sector and, in turn,
their clients to identifying and developing alternative mechanisms for securing (real)
productivity growth27.

Market power and competition


Issues of market power and competition revolve around the existence and abuse of market
power (e.g. entry barriers, monopolistic competition, etc.). As noted under Section 2.3.2,
there is no prima facie evidence that this is a problem within the industrial cleaning sector
and it is beyond the scope of this report to provide an analysis of existing market
conditions.

Information asymmetries
Information asymmetries arise when buyers and sellers are not well informed of the
services to be provided or where information is not equally distributed between them. In
the context of industrial cleaning, buyer-side lack of information can relate to the actual
quality of the service(s) to be provided since this cannot be ascertained in advance. For
example, service contracts can specify the quantity of services to be provided (e.g.
volume of cleaning, and frequency that cleaning should take place)28 but it is often
difficult to specify and measure the ‘quality’ or ‘effectiveness’ of cleaning services
provided29. This situation is exacerbated by the lack of industry standards, quality
measures (e.g. certification) and information on customer satisfaction within the
industrial cleaning sector. At the same time, cleaning contractors point to the difficulty in
obtaining sufficient information from potential clients regarding the actual cleaning
requirements. In particular, they point to the need for customers to allow sufficient time

27
See Section 2.2.3
28
i.e. activity-based cleaning systems
29
For example, surfaces may appear to be superficially clean but may remain ‘dirty’ from a hygiene perspective.

26 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


for site visits and consultations so that service providers can properly evaluate cleaning
requirements30.

Some efforts have been made towards addressing information asymmetries, such as the
utilisation of ‘best practice’ guidelines for selecting cleaning services providers (see
Section 2.2.4.) Also, a European standard providing basic requirements and recommend
for quality measurement systems has been adopted by CEN (see Section 2.3.1).
Nonetheless, it seems difficult to avoid the conclusion that more could be done to
improve exchange of information between service contractors and clients. In particular, to
increase the awareness of clients with regard to the importance of quality-based aspects of
services, while at the same time providing them also with better (independent)
information and systems to evaluate the ‘quality’ of cleaning contractors, particularly
during selection procedures but, also, for services actually provided.

2.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives

Table 7 provides an initial screening of the industrial cleaning sector against existing and
potential EU horizontal ‘industrial’ policy initiatives31, and a number of additional
possible services related initiatives. This attempts to identify those policy initiatives that,
if introduced or extended, could be of most relevance for the industrial cleaning sector, in
particular in terms of raising performance (e.g. productivity improvements) and/or
creating opportunities for sector development.

30
An associated issue relates to the use of online bidding systems for cleaning contracts, where potential bidders similarly
have insufficient information to evaluate cleaning needs.
31
Based on the Mid-term Review of Industrial Policy, COM(2007) 374.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 27


Table 6 Industrial cleaning sector: screening of framework conditions

Regulatory & ‘other’ framework conditions Relevance

Heading Item Issues Sector- Industry-


level service
interactions

ƒ Impact on costs and work organisation of labour


regulations (minimum wage, working conditions
etc) and income tax and social security payments
National regulatory ƒ National policies and measures in relation to
„„„ „„
measures undeclared work
ƒ Health, hygiene safety and environmental
regulations relating to ‘client’ sectors; Utilisation
and disposal of cleaning materials

ƒ Industrial cleaning is included within the Single


EU regulatory Market Directive
„ „
Regulatory measures ƒ The sector is not covered by specific EU
regulatory measures
conditions
ƒ Not seen as an issue for the sector
ƒ Some specific transition arrangements apply to
Completion of
the sector: pursuant to 2003 Accession Treaty
internal market „ „
Austria and Germany are entitled to apply
legislation
transitional provisions restricting the cross-border
provision of cleaning services

Industry and ƒ Industry and professional regulations are largely


professional national issues, and promoted through national
„„ „„
regulations and level sector associations
standards
Knowledge: R&D, ƒ Technological development of cleaning equipment
innovation and and products
„ „
product/service ƒ Organisational and process innovation to enhance
development working practices and conditions

Labour force, ƒ Raising professional standards through promotion


„„ „
knowledge and skills of training, accreditation etc.

‘Other’ Market access


framework (trade and - -
conditions investment)
ƒ Outsourcing of cleaning services
Structural change „„ „„
ƒ Multi-services and facilities management services

ƒ Undeclared work and avoidance of fiscal and


Competition policy working condition requirements etc.
„„ „
issues ƒ Limited entry barriers to the sector

ƒ Market concentration and segmentation (?)

Technological
[see under ‘Knowledge’] - -
change
Social and ƒ Population ageing and shrinking labour force
Exogenous
demographic ƒ Social inclusion and integration of migrant workers „„„ „„
conditions
change
ƒ Services provided locally
Global competition „ „
ƒ Strategy of European players

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

28 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 7 Industrial cleaning sector: screening of policy initiatives

EU policy areas Relevance


Heading Initiatives Sector issues
Trade policy -
Trade
Proper functioning of the
-
internal market

ƒ Public sector as an important driver of demand for


contract cleaning services (35-40% of sector
Public procurement „„
tutnover). Improvement in public procurement
systems and utilisation of best value principles

Competition policy -

Better Better regulation and ƒ In so far as they relate to working conditions,


„
regulation simplification flexibility etc.

Technical standards -
ƒ Professional standards, codes of practice,
Other standards accreditation and quality standards, professional „„
qualifications and training standards,
ƒ Health, hygiene safety and environmental
Health and safety regulations relating to ‘own’ and ‘client’ sectors; „„
Utilisation and disposal of cleaning materials

ƒ Technological development of cleaning equipment


Research and development -
and products

Intellectual property rights -

Innovation policy -
Knowledge
ƒ Raising professional standards through promotion of
and skills
Employment, qualifications, training, accreditation etc.
„„
skills / Flexicurity ƒ Career development; increasing full-time working

opportunities etc.

Access to finance / risk [Problems associated with late payment for services,
-
capital especially for smaller companies]

ƒ Environmental aspects of industrial cleaning


Energy and Waste, water, air services; utilisation and disposal of cleaning „„
environment materials

Intensive energy use -

Structural Anticipation
Change Tertiarisation

ƒ Organisational and process innovation to enhance


Organisational and services
working practices and conditions and promote „
innovation
productivity growth

Support for knowledge


-
Services intensive business services
Measurement and recognition
-
of intangible assets
Regional actions (demand
-
and supply matching)
- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 29


Figure 1 Industrial Cleaning: number of companies by country, 2005 (EFCI estimates)

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0
IT DE ES FR UK SE DK HU NL PL AT CZ FI NO BE PT SI SK LU
Companies 21000 19304 18041 15138 8300 5386 5154 5000 4000 4000 3500 3256 3150 2213 1758 1500 645 350 141

Source: EFCI (2007)

Figure 2 Industrial Cleaning: turnover by country, € million 2005 (EFCI estimates)

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0
DE FR IT ES UK NL SE DK FI BE NO CZ HU PT AT PL SI LU SK
Turnover 10936 8550 6435 6064 5838 2824 2071 1600 1500 1157 890 580 520 400 370 160 121 100 7

Source: EFCI (2007)

30 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 3 Industrial Cleaning: employment by country, 2005 (EFCI estimates)

900,000

800,000

700,000

600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

0
DE ES UK IT FR PL NL HU DK BE AT CZ SI SE PT FI NO LU SK
Employment 808751 404843 400000 390000 389667 320000 200000 71000 60000 55223 51000 48113 42090 41710 40000 38000 22791 6000 5858

Source: EFCI (2007)

Figure 4 Industrial Cleaning: number of companies by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0
IT DE FR ES PL UK NL SE HU DK GR FI PT BE NO AT RO SI LT IE BG LV SK EE LU CY
Companies 27009 20920 19415 17822 12766 12704 6685 6247 6103 5238 4785 3152 3133 2819 2362 2193 1541 767 674 636 313 209 184 183 112 38

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 31


Figure 5 Industrial Cleaning: turnover by country, € million 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0
DE IT UK FR ES NL SE BE DK GR FI AT NO PL PT HU IE LU SI RO SK EE LT LV BG CY
Turnover 12234 11655 8859 8621 6437 3969 2028 1930 1745 1511 1244 1227 1068 1005 570 464 423 169 129 96 62 36 34 28 18 5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 6 Industrial Cleaning: employment by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

900,000

800,000

700,000

600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

0
DE UK IT ES FR NL PL PT SE AT BE DK HU FI GR NO IE RO SI SK LT LU EE BG LV CY
Employment 767232 448670413335401322279160 140573 83143 59876 47250 46451 45089 42460 31402 30885 23440 22604 18056 15438 7572 7304 7014 6902 5581 3975 3818 317

Source: Eurostat SBS

32 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 7 Industrial Cleaning: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy turnover by country, 2005 (%)

0.70

0.60

0.50

0.40

0.30

0.20

0.10

0.00
GR IT DK FI NL SE ES DE FR BE AT LU UK NO HU SI PL PT IE EE LV SK LT RO BG EU*
Share of NFNUBE turnover 0.58 0.47 0.46 0.42 0.39 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.22 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.07 0.03 0.33

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 8 Industrial Cleaning: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy employment by country, 2005
(%)

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0
DE LU NL ES IT FI DK UK AT FR BE IE PT SE NO EE SI HU PL GR LT SK LV RO BG EU*
Share of NFNUBE emp 3.8 3.4 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 2.4

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 33


Figure 9 Industrial Cleaning: market penetration rate, 1989, 1994, and 2005

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
AT LU PT ES NL SK DE FI UK SE BE IT FR PL SI NO CZ HU
1989 45 37 55 20 47 50 43 45
1994 65 60 70 65 45 13 55 55 52 45
2004 80 80 80 79 78 70 68 63 61 60 55 55 52 51 48 45 40 40

Source: EFCI (2007)

Figure 10 Industrial Cleaning: breakdown of turnover by market segments 2005

Public transport, 4.4


Schools and leisure, 3.4
Windows and façade
cleaning, 4.5
Hospitals, 6.5
Associated services (waste
Shops and commercial sites,
collection, catering etc.), 3.6
2.6
Reception, gardening,
Industrial (sites), 11.6 maintenance services, 1.3
Services for individuals and
domestic cleaning, 1.5
Industrial (agri-food), 1.5
Other, 5.7

Offices, 53.4

Source: EFCI (2007)

34 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 11 Industrial Cleaning: proportion of part-time work, 2005 (%)

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
DK LU BE SK DE PT FR NL IT UK AT ES SE CZ PL FI EU*
Part time 85 85 81 80 79 75 73 72 70 68 67 60 60 56 30 29 70

Source: EFCI (2007)

Figure 12 Industrial Cleaning: breakdown according to working period (%)

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
SE PL DK CZ SI PT UK ES DE BE LU SK AU FR EU*
Night 5 10 10 5 10 10 10 15 5 1 0 0 2 5 6
Evening 15 35 10 40 45 20 28 35 50 54 80 50 70 75 43
Day 65 50 45 40 25 25 23 20 15 13 10 10 8 3 25
Morning 15 5 35 15 20 45 39 30 30 32 10 40 20 17 25

Source: EFCI (2007)

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 35


Figure 13 Industrial Cleaning: breakdown of number of companies by company size (number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
DE SK AT LV LU EE IT BG CY IE NL ES RO SI NO BE FR PT SE DK FI HU PL LI GR EU*
1 empl 14.0 15.2 20.2 23.8 30.4 31.1 35.1 38.3 39.5 41.2 41.5 45.0 49.7 51.6 54.4 57.0 57.6 61.5 66.7 69.2 74.6 76.3 76.4 82.2 87.7 48.5
2-9 empl 57.6 38.0 61.9 51.4 33.0 36.6 45.6 39.6 44.7 42.0 40.9 32.0 36.6 36.5 33.1 31.5 27.5 25.8 23.6 21.8 20.7 16.6 20.4 8.9 9.4 35.1
10-19 empl 8.7 15.2 7.8 5.7 10.7 12.6 9.2 12.5 7.9 7.1 7.7 9.9 4.6 5.2 6.3 4.3 6.0 5.2 5.4 4.7 2.4 3.3 0.9 2.7 1.0 6.7
20-49 empl 8.1 11.4 5.3 13.8 11.6 7.1 5.4 3.8 4.1 5.9 7.6 5.2 3.9 3.9 3.8 5.4 3.5 2.7 2.7 1.3 2.2 1.0 2.8 1.0 5.0
50-249 empl 8.9 15.8 3.2 2.9 8.0 11.5 3.8 7.9 3.3 3.4 4.3 3.4 2.1 1.9 2.7 2.8 2.7 1.4 1.4 0.9 1.4 1.0 2.1 0.7 3.7
250 or more 2.8 4.3 1.6 2.4 6.3 1.1 0.9 5.8 0.0 2.4 0.6 1.2 0.5 0.7 0.3 0.7 0.7 1.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.4 1.3 0.2 1.0

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 14 Industrial Cleaning: breakdown of turnover by company size (number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
LU LI DE ES SK FI PT IE CY NO BE FR AT EE NL IT SI DK SE BG RO HU PL GR EU*
1 empl 1.8 4.4 1.4 1.5 0.6 9.3 4.4 3.8 3.9 4.1 7.6 3.0 2.0 4.1 3.4 2.7 5.1 15.1 8.3 4.9 4.0 21.6 29.0 48.9 5.1
2-9 empl 5.7 5.0 12.7 7.1 8.9 9.8 10.7 17.1 15.7 12.3 11.3 11.9 19.8 15.5 15.5 16.2 20.0 13.1 16.8 18.7 24.8 16.1 25.7 11.1 13.4
10-19 empl 5.3 3.3 4.4 5.6 4.5 4.0 6.4 4.7 11.8 7.7 4.3 7.4 6.5 8.8 7.5 12.1 8.0 8.4 11.7 13.7 16.6 10.4 2.1 5.2 7.5
20-49 empl 8.2 10.9 6.7 11.2 12.6 4.0 6.8 4.9 9.8 11.4 13.3 8.9 9.1 11.4 8.7 11.4 8.4 11.4 11.0 12.5 11.6 4.3 6.1 9.3
50-249 empl 13.2 21.0 24.4 19.3 39.3 6.7 16.7 10.3 68.6 19.4 22.8 18.5 15.8 16.8 26.4 18.6 15.6 16.5 29.9 19.2 13.7 14.1 20.7
250 or more 65.7 55.3 50.4 55.3 34.3 66.1 55.1 59.1 0.0 46.6 42.5 45.9 47.1 62.4 45.4 33.8 37.0 39.3 35.4 51.6 12.2 21.2 25.3 14.6 44.0

Source: Eurostat SBS

36 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 15 Industrial Cleaning: breakdown of employment by company size (number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
LU SK IE DE PT EE BE FI LI ES AT FR CY GR NL IT PL DK BG NO SI LV SE RO HU EU*
1 empl 0.4 0.4 1.8 0.4 3.2 1.4 3.6 7.2 7.9 2.0 1.0 1.3 3.5 10.0 6.7 2.3 14.3 8.2 3.0 2.9 5.2 1.3 3.7 5.0 14.8 2.6
2-9 empl 2.7 3.5 6.8 5.5 5.4 6.9 6.2 8.3 4.3 6.3 12.5 8.1 13.9 8.5 7.5 11.6 12.7 10.2 12.4 13.2 14.1 12.3 15.4 14.4 12.0 8.0
10-19 empl 2.6 3.5 4.0 3.2 3.6 6.3 3.6 3.4 3.4 5.9 5.0 5.8 11.4 3.5 5.8 8.2 1.9 7.8 12.1 9.0 7.1 3.5 10.8 6.4 8.9 5.4
20-49 empl 6.0 8.2 3.5 7.1 5.5 6.3 7.7 3.6 8.4 10.9 7.5 12.3 7.7 10.1 11.0 4.9 9.8 9.4 12.2 11.7 22.1 11.9 16.1 12.8 9.3
50-249 empl 15.8 34.7 10.6 27.8 14.8 16.6 9.4 21.3 20.2 17.6 20.7 71.3 20.9 18.8 26.3 16.4 17.2 17.8 18.4 14.1 21.0 33.7 24.0 23.1
250 or more 72.4 49.8 73.4 56.1 67.5 79.1 62.3 68.1 54.6 54.6 56.5 51.9 0.0 49.4 51.1 40.7 49.8 46.8 63.1 45.0 43.5 46.8 37.1 24.4 27.4 51.5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 16 Industrial Cleaning: turnover per worker, 2005 (€ thousand)

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0
SK PL AU HU PT CZ DE NL UK ES IT LU SI BE FR DK NO FI SE EU
Turnover per worker 0.2 0.5 7.3 7.3 10.0 12.1 13.5 14.1 14.6 15.0 16.5 16.7 20.8 21.0 21.9 26.7 39.1 39.5 49.7 18.2

Source: EFCI (2007)

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 37


Figure 17 Industrial Cleaning: turnover per person employed by company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

80.0

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0
LI RO SK PT PL HU DE ES SI IE LU AT IT NL FR GR DK FI SE BE NO EU*
2-49 empl 5.7 9.1 14.6 15.6 19.8 16.7 24.0 16.6 20.4 44.2 41.5 37.1 34.0 41.4 38.6 73.1 44.4 46.9 44.9 65.9 41.0 29.6
50-249 empl 4.7 5.5 9.6 10.7 10.1 11.8 14.0 15.3 17.3 22.8 20.4 23.8 28.3 25.3 27.6 43.3 37.3 29.0 33.6 59.0 51.6 20.0
250 or more 4.9 3.1 5.9 7.8 6.1 11.4 14.3 16.2 14.5 18.9 22.1 22.0 23.4 25.1 27.3 19.1 34.5 39.1 40.9 29.2 49.0 19.0

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 18 Industrial Cleaning: value-added per person employed by company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0
RO LI HU SK PL PT SI DE ES GR IT IE LU NL AT FR BE FI SE DK NO EU*
2-49 empl 3.6 3.3 5.8 8.2 8.2 8.8 11.8 18.0 12.1 28.4 17.6 25.5 31.6 25.5 27.7 25.9 29.6 31.3 27.6 30.1 27.5 18.6
50-249 empl 3.0 3.4 6.3 6.5 6.4 8.0 11.0 11.1 12.6 16.8 15.8 18.2 17.0 17.4 18.0 20.2 29.5 22.5 24.9 27.6 35.2 14.0
250 or more 2.3 3.1 4.7 4.2 4.5 6.3 10.3 11.0 14.2 7.4 16.5 14.8 17.4 18.3 18.5 20.5 22.9 24.6 28.4 26.9 32.3 14.4

Source: Eurostat SBS

38 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 19 Manufacturing: most important provider of industrial cleaning services by company size, 2003

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20% All enterprises (>49 employees) Enterprises with 50-249 employees Enterprises 250 or more employees

10%

0%
SE DK FI DE SI PL LT LV SE DK FI DE PL LT LV SE DK FI DE PL LT LV
Not used 1% 6% 8% 6% 2% 26% 55% 3% 2% 6% 10% 8% 29% 58% 4% 0% 2% 0% 2% 15% 40% 0%
Enterprise 10% 20% 16% 20% 39% 29% 8% 67% 9% 21% 16% 23% 31% 8% 67% 12% 14% 19% 8% 22% 7% 65%
Same group 1% 1% 3% 1% 7% 1% 0% 1% 1% 0% 3% 1% 1% 0% 1% 0% 4% 5% 1% 3% 1% 1%
External 88% 74% 73% 72% 52% 44% 37% 29% 88% 72% 72% 67% 39% 34% 28% 88% 80% 76% 89% 61% 52% 34%

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 39


3 Security Services

3.1 Introductory comments

It is important at the outset of this analysis to point out that the ‘scope’ of the private
security services market in Europe varies considerably from country to country,
depending largely on public policies regarding the appropriate role of the private security
services sector and on the national regulatory frameworks regulating private security at
national level. To a large extent, the scope of what is ‘defined’ as the private security
services sector is both a reflection of, and reflected in, national legislation on private
security. Due to the variation in the ‘scope’ of services and the role of private security
firms across countries, it is not really possible to provide a standard definition (or
coverage) of private security sector, as each country has de facto its own definition. This
should be borne in mind when making comparisons across countries and when talking of
the European private security services sector.

3.2 Sector overview

3.2.1 Main sector characteristics

Estimates from the Confederation of European Security Services (COESS)32, based on


data for 23 of the Confederation’s national member associations33 indicate that the total
turnover of the guarding sector was around € 31 billion in 2005. While, with a slightly
larger sample of 26 countries34, their estimates indicate that the guarding sector
encompasses some 34.7 thousand companies and employs 1.36 million workers (see
Figure 20 to Figure 22)35. Eurostat estimates for the sector of investigation and security
services, for the 26 countries covered by the data, indicated total turnover of € 35.4
billion, 51.9 thousand companies, and 1.16 million workers in 2005 (see Figure 23 to
Figure 25).

32
COESS (2007) “Activities Report ’06 – ‘07”
33
Austria (AT), Belgium (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Switzerland (CH), Cyprus (CY), Czech Republic (CZ), Germany (DE), Denmark
(DK), Estonia (EE), Spain (ES), Finland (FI), France (FR), Greece (GR), Hungary (HU), Ireland (IE), Italy (IT), Latvia (LV)
Netherlands (NL) ,Norway (NO), Poland (PL), Romania (RO) Sweden (SE) and United Kingdom (UK).
34
As above, plus Luxembourg (LU), Lithuania (LT), Slovenia (SI) and Slovakia (SK).
35
Latest COESS data indicate that the sector encompasses 50,000 companies and employs 1.7 million workers (unpublished
data, as of July 2008).

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 41


On the basis of calculations using Eurostat data, the investigation and security services
sector accounts for approximately 0.2% of total turnover and 1% of total employment in
the non-financial and non-utility business economy36 of the EU (see Figure 26 and Figure
29). At an individual country level, Greece and, to a lesser extent, Hungary stand out in
terms of a relatively high share of security services in turnover of the non-financial and
non-utility business economy, while Bulgaria and, to a lesser extent, Romania stand out
in terms of a relatively high employment shares.

Comprehensive data on the growth rate of the sector is not readily available, but is
probably running at around 3 to 4 percent per annum for Europe as a whole. Growth rates
vary across countries, however, and currently seem to be typically higher in some Central
and Eastern European countries (e.g. Bulgaria, Poland and Romania). Country specific
factors, notably in relation to changes in regulations and public attitudes to private
security provision, also provide important short-term drivers for growth.

Although overall demand for security services is cyclical and linked to the level and
growth of economic activity, it is very much influenced by specific events that affect the
(subjective) feeling of security. For example, following the events of ‘9/11’, clients
became much more aware of security issues in their business, which provided a positive
impulse to the private security sector. At a structural level, public authorities are
increasingly looking towards the private sector to have a role in the provision of service
previously provided by public security authorities only, or where new demands arise (e.g.
urban transport, events, public places etc.)

In terms of the breakdown of activities, for the reasons mentioned in Section 3.1, it is
difficult to provide a clear picture of the different segments of the private security
services market. Suffice to say that the market is diverse and concerns different segments
such as: guarding of public and private buildings; transport of valuable goods and money;
airport and maritime security; electronic surveillance, and many others. A segment that is
recently developing is ‘digital security’, i.e. security issues related to the collection,
storage and transmission of digital information. As this segment requires more specific
ICT knowledge, traditional private security companies look for IT partners to collaborate
with in providing the necessary services to clients.

The firm structure of the sector is characterised by a prevalence of small companies.


Eurostat data, covering investigation and security services, indicate that nearly 65% of
companies in the sector have only 1 employee, and only about 1.5% of firms have 250 or
more employees (see Figure 28). These larger firms probably account, however, for
around half of total turnover in the sector (Figure 29) and nearly 60% of employment
(Figure 30). A limited number of these larger firms are multinational companies that are
active on a global scale and offer the whole range of security services; examples are
Securitas or Group 4 Securicor.

36
Defined as NACE Sections C, D, F to I and K. More normally the non-financial business economy (NACE Sections C to I
and K) is utilised as a reference, but as data on the ‘utilities sector’ (NACE Section E) is missing for some countries the
definition ‘non-financial and non-utility business economy’ has been used.

42 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


3.3 Competitiveness analysis

3.3.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions

Security services are a highly labour intensive activity and Eurostat data indicate that
personnel costs represent approximately 60% of the total cost/value of production (see
Figure 31); given the prevalence of micro-enterprises in the sector this figure is itself
probably an underestimate of the share of labour costs in the sector37. As is the case with
industrial cleaning, wage costs, labour taxes and social security payments are the main
drivers of costs in the sector; which implies that costs are a priori higher in countries with
higher wages and tax systems.

With increasing use of private security services, there is more pressure for higher levels
of quality combined with assurances that services are delivered in a professional way that
ensures that there is no room for abuse of the authority by service providers and their
staff. This increases the need to provide high levels of professional services, which
implies the need for screened, vetted and well trained and qualified personnel and, in turn,
the provision of good work conditions and a proper level of remuneration. However, in a
market that is typically characterised by price-based (cost-saving driven) demand, there is
an obvious tension between pressure to hold down wages on the one hand, and to provide
reasonable remuneration and working conditions for employees on the other.

Next to labour cost, companies that operate in markets with stringent regulation are also
confronted with extra costs to be complaint with regulation (e.g. screening of personnel,
training …). This cost varies significantly across Member States. For example, COESS
indicates that in Germany it only costs around €9 to have a security guard ready to start
working (necessary documents, screening,…), whereas in Belgium this cost amounts to
more than €26 per guard.

3.3.2 Apparent labour productivity

According to estimates from COESS member associations, the average turnover per
person employed in the sector in Europe is around €20 thousand (see Figure 32), while
Eurostat estimates for 2005 indicate a figure of €30 thousand for production and € 21
thousand for value-added per person employed (see Figure 33 and Figure 34), although
there are very large differences across EU Member States. Adjusting apparent labour
productivity for wage differences (see Figure 35)38 highlights relatively high productivity
in three countries: Poland, the UK and Latvia. Looking across the whole group of
countries, there is a broad sweep of countries with estimated ratios in the range of 100-
130% for which there is relatively limited divergence in apparent wage adjusted
productivity. In the absence of more detailed analysis and information, there do not
appear to be any obviously discernable patterns between labour productivity performance
and, for example, relative market structure or stringency of regulations in the sector.

37
This is due to the fact that remuneration to the ‘owner’/entrepreneur is probably included under operating surplus rather
than personnel costs.
38
Apparent labour productivity is estimated by the ratio (%) of value-added per employed person to average personnel costs
per employee.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 43


Looking at the pattern across countries and size categories of firms, it is generally the
case that average turnover per employee (Figure 36) and average value added per
employee (Figure 37) is negatively related with company size; i.e. it is the case that
smaller companies (less than 50 employees) typically register greater turnover and value
added per employee than larger companies (250 or more employees)39. It may be that
these differences reflect underlying differences in working conditions (e.g. part-time or
unsocial conditions) or some degree of specialisation of smaller security firms that
enables them to charge higher prices than larger, more generalised, firms. This would be
consistent with differing strategies across firms with, for example, larger firms adopting
business models based on earning smaller margins on high volumes of services provided,
while smaller firms aim at higher margins on a smaller volume of services.

As appears also to be the case for cleaning services, it seems likely that differences across
firm size categories also tell us something about the relative ‘efficiency’ of firms,
whereby larger firms are able to benefit from ‘economies of scale’, such as lower
management overheads or more efficient organisation of business/service processes40. In
this context, the apparently high nominal ‘productivity’ levels (as measured by
turnover/value-added per worker) of smaller sized companies should not necessarily be
construed as a positive attribute. On the contrary, if security services are considered as a
cost factor into other forms of economic activity, then these costs may be higher for client
companies that rely on smaller-sized private security service providers.

3.3.3 Productivity enhancement

As many of the basic services provided by private security firms are labour-based it is
often difficult to obtain (labour) productivity increases. Moreover, there is something of a
conflict between the need to maintain (and to improve) professional standards in the
sector, which would raise costs, and pressure from clients to economise on the cost of
security provision.

At the same time, changes in the perception of security challenges and needs, together
with considerable development in terms of new security technologies means that the
scope of security services that can be provided, and their organisation, is changing. In
turn, these developments provide opportunities for the development of new security
services and potentially for enhancing overall productivity in the sector. On the one hand,
these developments may provide opportunities for the development of specialised ‘niche’
players able to deliver high value-added services. At the same time they open up
opportunities for players from other sectors to enter the security sector (e.g. ICT
specialists for ‘digital security’).

39
Some caution is warranted, since full data on turnover and value-added per worker by company size is available only for a
relatively restricted number of countries. Also, it should be pointed out that Greece has been excluded from the data shown
due to the fact that is shows exceptionally high levels of on turnover and value-added per worker for the two smaller
company size categories.
40
At the same time, the data suggest that the difference between ‘medium-sized’ companies (50-249 employees) and ‘large’
companies (250+ employees) are typically small compared to the difference with ‘small’ companies (2-49 employees). This
would suggest that any ‘additional’ economies of scale tend to be relatively small once a minimum critical size is attained.

44 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


For more generalised security service providers, as is stressed in this chapter,
opportunities for development and growth are strongly linked to differing national
approaches and regulatory frameworks for the private security sector. Arguably, greater
harmonisation of national standards would offer greater opportunities for private security
firms to benefit from economies of scale. A further direction for development, which may
be characterised in terms of economies of scope and greater operational efficiency (e.g.
enhance time management of workers), is the shift into facilities management

3.3.4 Demand side conditions

Demand for security services largely comes from two client groups: industrial companies
and public sector41. As both groups differ significantly in their drivers for security
services demand and relationship with security services providers, the following
paragraphs will discuss each of the two types of clients separately.

Industrial companies
As mentioned earlier, industry demand for private security services has always been
cyclical and is very much influenced by specific events that affect the (subjective) feeling
of security. However, as industrial companies increasingly outsource activities, they
become more vulnerable when it comes to security issues. In the past, industrial
companies tended to do everything in-house, thus giving them a high degree of control
over production, and sourcing and distribution, processes. With increased fragmentation
of production processes and outsourcing, this is no longer the case. Therefore, there is a
growing need for industrial companies to adopt good integrated security systems.

Despite the growing need for integrated security systems, many industrial companies are
not (sufficiently) aware of the role that private security services companies can play in
this. On the one hand, private security companies are often requested to provide high
level solutions and to cover a wide range of risks by clients and yet, on the other hand,
clients can be reluctant to enable (potential) service providers with the opportunity to
develop in-depth assessments of security risks and requirements. This restricts the
possibility to develop integrated approaches to security (and results in possibly sub-
optimal outcomes for clients).

The recent economic downturn combined with pressure on companies to cut budgets and,
at the same time, the fact that no major security threats have happened lately has resulted
in conditions where security budgets are often reduced as well. At this moment, under
cost cutting pressures, the attitude of customers is seen increasingly to view security
services as a commodity that delivers little value added. Overall, many client companies
appear to view private security as a ‘commodity’ and arguably do not correctly value the
services provided. This perception is strengthened by the fact that much of the work is not
seen by the client (e.g. work at night, from a distance) and preventive. This means that,
although the cost is clearly visible, the actual service and return on security costs is
‘invisible’ to the client.

41
The third group – private individuals – only account for a small part of the market (e.g. in Italy estimated around 5% of the
market).

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 45


To make clients more aware of different criteria when looking for a provider, instead of
only focusing on price, CoESS has developed a ‘value manual’ (see
www.securebestvalue.org). This instrument allows potential clients to think about their
expectations concerning private security when looking for a suitable service provider.

Public sector demand conditions


Alongside industry, the public sector is another important demand driver. As in many
countries army, police departments and other public services in charge of security
services are being restructured and there is a growing demand for private security services
companies to take up a more public role and to collaborate with public security services.
This evolution has a strong impact on the private security business, with private security
companies being increasingly asked to become involved in ‘public’ activities. At the
same time, this increased role for private security is accompanied by greater emphasis by
public authorities on setting (very stringent) regulatory frameworks and control systems
to guard against any possible abuse of power. In setting these regulations, it is the opinion
of the private security services sector that public authorities often pay little attention to
the commercial interests of private security companies. As a consequence there is
constant tension between the public role being played by security companies and their
position as commercial entities.

3.3.5 Competition and business strategies

Depending on the national regulatory framework in place, the concentration of market


power differs. In countries with strong regulation (e.g. Belgium, Spain and Nordic
countries), the total number of companies in the private security services business is
limited and the large multinational companies dominate the market (e.g. in Belgium
around 170 companies are active in the business, but the 4 largest companies alone
represent 85% of the market). In countries without stringent regulation (e.g. Germany,
Cyprus), the market is much more fragmented. In Germany around 4,000 private security
services companies are active and the large multinationals represent a much smaller part
of the market.

Although in several countries there is a high concentration of market share, competition is


fierce, and this has been especially the case during the last few years as security budgets
are under scrutiny by many clients (see section 3.3.4). Profit margins are relatively low.
Moreover, developments in the market mean that new competitors previously not active
in the private security market enter the market (niches). Examples are ICT companies
focusing on ‘digital security’ or property investment funds entering the private security
market to evolve into ‘total facilities management’ service providers.

Despite growing competition (often price based) in the industry, CoESS still sees several
growth opportunities for the business, especially given changes in public authorities’
attitudes and a move from a perception of ‘toleration’ towards ‘co-operation’. In the area
of services to public authorities, potential opportunities exist for the private sector to take
an increasing role in “orange zone” activities42 (e.g. staffing reception desk of police

42
‘Orange zone’ refers to activities lying at the frontier between those activities that are clearly in the public domain (e.g.
military, policing etc.) and those in the (private) domain of private security companies.

46 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


station at night, reception of visitors in prisons, court security, monitoring of security
cameras, speed cameras, …). In relation to services to the private sector, once the service
is to be provided on ‘private territory’ then there is a very broad range of possible (actual
and potential) services that can be provided. Areas mentioned for increasing scope of
services include: employee theft, delivery control, etc.

As for the business models that private security companies use, it is expected that the
market will split up in two different segments, with small and medium-sized companies
operating in niches predominately of the private kind (‘products’ are more people-
oriented) and large companies working for state and institutional clients, as well as large-
scale surveillance customers such as banks, airports, etc. As markets for security services
will increasingly open up in the future, it is expected that international companies will
take up more market share especially in this last segment. In the first segment, mainly
local firms will operate. However, some nationally-based companies can be successful in
expanding market share internationally and competing with larger players43. Such
companies can build competitive advantages around the development of strong client
relationships, strong relationships with social partners (trade unions) and having lower
overheads compared to multinational service providers. In this regard, management
structures and perspectives can be important (i.e. between short-term profit-based
management and longer-term strategic vision for development).

3.3.6 Internationalisation

There are no absolute barriers to internationalisation and those companies wanting to


expand international activities can do so. Nonetheless, as national regulations vary greatly
across Member States, this can operate as a strong entry barrier. Internationalisation
requires considerable effort (and financial resouces) from private security companies to
understand the different rules with which they need to comply in different countries,
making it particularly difficult for the smaller local firms to internationalise.

3.4 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise the key issues facing the private
security services industry, both in terms of the sector’s own development and in terms of
interactions between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry
(manufacturing). The analysis is based around a screening of the sector in relation to the
main regulatory and framework conditions44. The overall assessment is summarised in
Table 8.

3.4.1 Regulatory conditions and standards

National and EU standards and regulations


The regulatory conditions relevant for the private security industry are predominantly set
at the national level. As there is a strong difference across countries in defining the

43
The example given was the Belgian company Cobelguard
44
This analysis is in accordance with the general framework for assessment of regulatory and framework conditions agreed
as part of the Framework Contract of Sectoral Competitiveness Studies.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 47


industry (see section 3.1) and in terms of the vision of the industry’s role in society, this
results in significant differences in the regulatory framework across countries. Some
countries are characterised by very strict regulation (e.g. Belgium, Spain), while in other
countries the industry hardly faces any sector-specific regulatory conditions (e.g.
Germany). Because of these differences in regulation at national level, the industry has
strongly argued for (an at least temporary) exclusion from the EU Services Directive45, as
national legislation is so different from one country to another in terms of, for example,
screening of employees, training requirements, control systems and sanctions, and many
more aspects. At the same time, CoESS has stressed the need to achieve common ground
for the regulation of the private security industry. In particular, CoESS has highlighted
the fact that an overview of EU Member States demonstrated that “the level of effective
security is positively correlated to the level of regulation”46. As noted by Born et al
(2006)47, this underlines the importance of achieving a harmonisation of the regulation on
private security companies at the European level and, in particular, the need for high
standards at this level.

A second consequence of differences in legislation across Europe, as well as the lack of a


single/common definition of the industry, is the difficulty in implementing (international)
standards in the industry. In countries with strong regulation the need for setting
standards is less pronounced. However, in countries where regulation is much less
stringent, COESS argues that there is a strong need for a standardisation system that
would allow clients to distinguish providers on the basis of professional standards,
performance and experience, etc. Until now such standard is not in place (though some
initial activities are taking place in cooperation with CEN).

It is clear that a first step, in the direction of more harmonization across Europe, is the
development of a common definition of the private security industry. CoESS is making
efforts to get agreement on such ‘European Definition’ of the private/commercial security
services sector. However, there is still a long way to go in realising this harmonisation
process.

Sector-level standards and regulations


Through the national associations and the European association CoESS, the industry does
a lot of self regulation. At the level of industry representative bodies, restrictions apply to
private security company that can become a member of one of the national federations
that are member of CoESS, neither can every national federation automatically become
member of CoESS48.

45
This exemption has been given to the industry until 2010, when the EC will assess if there is a need or not for a vertical
Directive covering the sector.
46
Joint CoESS/ESTA position paper on the Draft Directive on Services in the Internal Market’, CoESS, Brussels, September
2005
47
Born, H., Caparini, M., and Cole, E. (2006) “Regulating private security companies in Europe: status and prospects”, Draft
Report, prepared for the European Committee on Crime Problems, Council for Police Matters, by Geneva Centre for
Democratic Control of Armed Forces.
48
For companies to be member of CoESS implies that specific minimum levels of quality are met. By setting and applying
such strict standards towards members, CoESS has been recognised by the European Commission as official
representative for the whole industry.

48 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


At a European level, self-regulation has taken place in the form of the European code of
conduct signed by both CoESS and UNI-Europa (representing the trade unions)49. This
code of conduct covers a wide array of topics, ranging from the selection, recruitment and
training of workers to the relations with the police and other private security companies.
One criticism of the code is that it is weak in the sense that the provisions are very vague
and, for example, do not set minimum standards on what should constitute the minimum
level of training. However, this weakness can be seen to stem from the fact that
regulations differ to such an extent from country to country that it is not possible to
stipulate a minimum guideline. However, COESS and UNI-Europa perceive this code as
a first step towards the harmonisation of the sector in the region. Another example is the
European Vocational Training Manual for Basic Guarding which has been agreed upon
by CoESS and UNI-Europa. Although it remains a training manual, it is an important
piece of self-regulation as it introduces the standards which should be considered as a
minimum basis for the training of security guards50.

3.4.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions

Knowledge and innovation


New developments in ICT have changed the work of private security workers
significantly over the last decade. For example, new communication systems have made
surveillance from a distance more efficient, satellite location or security systems using
eye recognition made security systems more complex, etc. These technological
innovations have made productivity gains possible within the industry.

Next to the technological innovations impacting the ‘traditional’ operations in the private
security industry, they also led to the development of a whole new area in security
services: ‘digital security’. It refers to the protection of digital interactions taking place
through means such as smart cards, mobile telephones, e-passports, etc. This new area
requires very specific skills and knowledge, and has led to completely new firms entering
the security industry or traditional firms forming alliances with ICT firms to acquire the
necessary skills.

Labour force and skills


The above mentioned technological developments have a twofold impact on the labour
force in the industry. Firstly, several innovations have made it possible to organise
processes within the industry in a less labour-intensive and more worker-friendly way,
thus improving the working conditions of workers in the industry. Secondly, the
innovations also require a more technological set of skills, thus leading to the need for a
more technologically trained profile of worker.

Notwithstanding the above comments, it remains the case that the central core of private
security activities are still reliant on provision of security workers and that the human
‘input’ is central to determining the effectiveness and value-added of security services.
Accordingly, skill requirements and training are probably as important for the sector as

49
European code of conduct signed in private security sector, European industrial relations observatory on-line, available at:
http://www.eiro.eurofound.eu.int/2003/08/feature/eu0308203f.html
50
Source: Born, H., Caparini, M., and Cole, E. (2006), see footnote 47.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 49


are technological developments. However, although it is clearly important that personnel
of private security firms are adequately trained, determining what constitutes adequate
training, and whether such training should be provided in-house or through an external
(accredited) training institution is difficult to establish. A report commissioned for the
Council of Europe notes that: “in the EU Member States there is no standardisation on
the level of training required in order to become a private security employee. Whilst some
countries require the training to be regulated by the ministry of home affairs (such as is
the case in Spain) others suggest that voluntary in-house company training is sufficient
(Italy). Moreover, the minimum number of hours of training varies greatly with some
countries such as Denmark or Spain imposing between 111 to 240 hours of training,
whilst France for instance requires only 32 hours [51]. There are also differences in the
number of training sessions employees must take as a follow up every year. Austria is an
example of a state with particularly weak regulations on training for PSC employees;
indeed, the duration and content is organised on the company level and there are no legal
provisions for follow up training. Germany on the other hand obliges mandatory training
for the operational staff of at least 40 hours, and is provided by the Chamber of
Commerce”52.

Market access
Market access in the private security industry is strongly limited due to differences in
national regulation that require, for example, specific permits or place territorial
limitations on company location and activities, etc. As a consequence of these national
differences, the industry is temporarily excluded from the EU Services Directive; for now
this exclusion has been granted until 2010.

Structural change
Structural changes in the organisation of companies’ value chains (breaking up of the
value chain) have made companies more vulnerable to security problems. As the
production system in many companies has become much more complex, in terms of
coordination (working at different locations, working with external partners, etc.),
security issues have come to the forefront. This leads to an increased need for security
services. It is expected that demand for integrated security systems, in particular, will rise.

Competition issues
Under current economic conditions, competition in the private security services is
strongly focused on price. This has resulted in low margins and reduces the possibilities
to undertake necessary investments in new equipment and staff (training).

The largest entry barrier in the industry is created by regulation. The high administrative
burden to comply with all regulations relevant to the industry hinders new firms as well
as foreign firms to enter the market. Next to the regulation barrier, the technological
evolution of the industry means that increasing investments in new technologies are
required, which can lead to new/increased entry barriers for new firms.

51
Hungary requires 320 hours minimum training.
52
Born, H., Caparini, M., and Cole, E. (2006), see footnote 47.

50 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


3.4.3 Exogenous conditions and trends

Technological change
As noted in the previous section, technological change has impacted the security services
industry both in terms of new possibilities for organising processes and in terms of new
areas of development. A more threatening impact of technological change is the
development of consumer technologies. This evolution makes ‘DIY surveillance’
possible and is seen as a potential threat to some segments of the industry.

Social and demographic change


Similar to all labour-based services, the expected demographic change in Europe will
pose an important challenge for the private security industry to attract new workers from
the shrinking labour force. Moreover, despite improvements in labour conditions, due to
new developments, working conditions remain less favourable than in many other
industries (e.g. in terms of working hours), which adds to the challenge of recruiting and
retaining staff.

Global competition
Until now, competition in the private security market mainly took place at the national
level. Although a few players are active in the industry on a worldwide basis, regulatory
barriers have prevented the industry to really organise on a global scale. Nevertheless, it
is expected that regulatory barriers will decrease over time, thus leading to a more open
market and (international) competition becoming more intense, especially in the segment
of state-level public authorities and institutional clients that demand more sophisticated
security systems.

This tendency for increased global competition is reinforced by the increased need for
security systems by companies that (re)organise their value chain in an international
setting. They look for a global partner that can deliver a well integrated security system
across the different operations in different countries.

3.5 Overview of potential policy issues

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise potential areas for European policy
initiatives both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). To begin
with, the possible arguments (justification) for possible policy intervention from an
economic standpoint are examined. After this, the analysis is based around a screening of
the sector in relation to existing industrial policy initiatives and some specific themes
relevant to the business services sector; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 9.

3.5.1 Key arguments for policy intervention

Social externalities
Maintaining an adequate level of security within any society can be considered as a basic
(pre-)requisite for establishing an environment in which individuals and companies are
able and motivated to engage in economic activities and, hence, for economic growth. In
this sense, security is a basic public good which generates positive social externalities

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 51


and, equally, inadequate provision is associated with negative externalities. At a public
policy level a strong level of debate clearly exists over expectations regarding the level of
security that should be provided and, at the same time, over the appropriate allocation
between private and public responsibility and provision of security services.

Moreover, such discussions cannot be removed from issues relating to the general
direction of economic and social policy. In the context of globalisation where economic
policy (and social policy, also) is frequently directed towards facilitating the movement of
goods and services, finance and people, the economic opportunities created through such
liberalisation can be associated with negative risks from corresponding easing of controls
on ‘bad’ flows (e.g. terrorism, counterfeit goods, drugs, illegal immigration etc.) Thus,
increasing need for security provision can be viewed as a negative externality of
economic growth and global integration. Equally, increased economic and social
integration can be seen to raise the level and extent to which security issues can spill over
from one area to another; for example between different economic activities or between
different countries and regions. Arguably, this raises the need for the greater adoption of
common approaches and standards in security provision, for example in terms of greater
EU-wide commonality in security policies.

At the level of the private security sector, as private security companies get more
involved in public activities (see section 3.3.4), their actions have a much greater impact
on society at large than just guaranteeing security for private clients. This increased
public involvement has been an important driver for policy intervention (through the
setting of stringent regulation) in several countries. The main idea underlying this
intervention is the fear of possible abuse of power and the formation of private militia
next to the public security authorities.

Although the private security industry itself is much in favour of strict and transparent
regulation to prevent any such abuse of power, it feels that a good balance between the
need to ‘control’ this public role through regulation and the commercial interests of the
private security companies is necessary. As it is expected that in the future the public
involvement of the private security industry will still increase, this constant tension will
need proper attention.

Market power and competition


As mentioned in section 3.4.2, competition is mainly ‘hindered’ by regulatory barriers.
There is no specific evidence of any abuse of market power and it is beyond the scope of
this report to further analyse the existing market conditions.

Information asymmetries
Information asymmetries in the private security services industry mainly arise because of
buyer-side lack of understanding of what exactly private security means and how quality
of the service can be evaluated. This lack of understanding is reinforced by the fact that
many activities take place in a rather ‘invisible’ way (outside normal working hours,
remote) and are mainly preventive.

On the other hand, as clients are often reluctant to share ‘sensitive’ information with
external companies and thus give private security services companies only limited access

52 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


to the necessary information to elaborate an efficient security plan, the latter cannot
operate in the most optimal way.

Therefore, the private security services industry feels that clients need to be ‘educated’
about what private security means, how it can best be incorporated in the business and
what the expected value added of a private security company can be53.

3.5.2 Screening against policy initiatives

Table 9 provides an initial screening of the private security services sector against
existing and potential EU horizontal ‘industrial’ policy initiatives54, and a number of
additional possible services related initiatives. This attempts to identify those policy
initiatives that, if introduced or extended, could be of most relevance for the sector, in
particular in terms of raising performance (e.g. productivity improvements) and/or
creating opportunities for sector development.

53
To this end, CoESS has developed a ‘value manual’, making clients more aware of what to expect from a private security
service provider and what criteria to focus on when looking for the right provider.
54
Based on the Mid-term Review of Industrial Policy, COM(2007) 374.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 53


Table 8 Private security services: screening of framework conditions

Regulatory & ‘other’ framework conditions Relevance

Heading Item Issues Sector- Industry-


level service
interactions

ƒ Sector specific regulation mainly set at national


level (regulation on screening of personnel,
National regulatory necessary permits,…)
„„„ „„
measures ƒ Impact on costs and work organisation of labour
regulations (minimum wage, working conditions
etc) and income tax and social security payments

ƒ The sector is not covered by specific EU


regulatory measures
EU regulatory
ƒ Lack of single/common definition of industry at „ „
Regulatory measures
European level
conditions ƒ Common EU approaches to security policy

Completion of ƒ Private security services is excluded from the

internal market Single Market Directive (exemption until 2010 for „„ „


legislation now)

ƒ Need for standardization very different across


Industry and
countries. Until now no European wide standards.
professional
ƒ Strong emphasis on self regulation, promoted „„„ „„
regulations and
through the European association CoESS and the
standards
national level sector associations

Knowledge: R&D, ƒ ICT developments strong impulse for innovations


innovation and in security systems and equipment
„„ „„
product/service
development
ƒ Increased need for technical skills
Labour force,
ƒ New product developments enhance working „„ „
knowledge and skills
practices and conditions
‘Other’
Market access
framework ƒ Limited market access due to differences in
(trade and „„ „„
conditions national regulation
investment)
ƒ Organisational changes within client companies:
Structural change „„ „„„
breaking up the value chain

ƒ Entry barriers to the sector mainly caused by


Competition policy regulation
„ „
issues ƒ Increasing investment requirements in high-tech

equipment potentially new entry barrier

Technological ƒ Technological developments in wireless


„„ „
change communication, satellite communication

Social and ƒ Population ageing and shrinking labour force


Exogenous
demographic „„ „
conditions
change
ƒ Services provided locally
Global competition „ „
ƒ Few global players versus many local players

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

54 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 9 Privates security services: screening of policy initiatives

EU policy areas Relevance


Heading Initiatives Sector issues
Trade policy -
Trade
ƒ Lack of common definition and differences in
national regulation prohibit free trade of private
Proper functioning of the
security services „„„
internal market
ƒ Private security services sector excluded from EU
Services Directive until 2010

ƒ Public sector important demand driver.


Public procurement ƒ Constant tension between public role to take up and „„
commercial nature of private security companies

Competition policy -
ƒ Overregulation is some countries versus need for
Better more stringent regulation in other
regulation Better regulation and ƒ Third party liability: unclear framework for
„„„
simplification determining liability between public/private sector
and security services provider. Non availability of
insurance coverage for acts of terrorism/war

Technical standards -
ƒ Development of common definition of industry
ƒ Professional standards, codes of practice, quality
Other standards „„„
standards, professional qualifications and training
standards

Health and safety -


Research and development ƒ Technological development of security systems „„

Intellectual property rights -

Innovation policy -

Knowledge ƒ Raising professional standards through promotion of

and skills Employment, qualifications, training, accreditation etc.


„„
skills / Flexicurity ƒ Career development; increasing full-time working

opportunities etc.

Access to finance / risk


-
capital
Energy and Waste, water, air -
environment Intensive energy use -

Structural Anticipation
Change Tertiarisation
ƒ Organisational and process innovation to enhance
Organisational and services
working practices and conditions and increase „
innovation
productivity

Support for knowledge


-
Services intensive business services
Measurement and recognition
-
of intangible assets
Regional actions (demand
-
and supply matching)
- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 55


Figure 20 Security Services: turnover by country, € million (COESS estimates)

10,000

9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0
UK DE IT FR ES NL FI PL CH SE NO BE HU IE DK GR AT CZ BG EE RO
Turnover 8860 4300 3600 3300 3123 1290 1000 1000 765 660 625 503 480 331 250 231 205 198 173 40 29

Source: COESS (2007)

Figure 21 Security Services: number of companies by country (COESS estimates)

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0
HU FR PL DE UK CZ IT SK BG RO GR NL ES CH DK SE IE LV NO FI AT BE LT SI EE CY LU
Companies 6000 4700 4500 3280 3000 2210 1875 1730 1112 1029 830 818 783 407 338 280 273 270 257 230 200 177 121 97 70 48 16

Source: COESS (2007)

56 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 22 Security Services: employment by country (COESS estimates)

350,000

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

0
UK DE PL FR ES RO HU IT BG CZ NL GR SK BE CH SE IE NO LT AT FI SI EE DK LV LU CY
Employment 300000 173000 165000 148000 87000 79900 74000 58855 54910 30030 30000 28000 20839 13000 12882 11500 10900 10000 10000 7000 7000 6157 6000 5250 5000 2500 1500

Source: COESS (2007)

Figure 23 Investigation and Security Services: turnover by country, 2005, € million (Eurostat estimates)

9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0
UK FR DE ES IT GR NL PL SE HU BE PT NO IE FI AT RO DK BG SK SI LU EE LV LT CY
Turnover 8260 5942 3736 3548 3241 2033 1489 1140 942 910 673 640 569 451 320 291 289 239 163 126 114 101 84 67 61 13

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 57


Figure 24 Investigation and Security Services: number of companies by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

16,000

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0
HU FR UK DE IT PL ES PT NL RO SE BG GR BE FI SK AT DK IE NO LV SI LT EE LU CY
Enterprises 14619 10507 6108 3027 2806 2641 2346 1291 1250 1154 953 947 920 574 408 364 360 338 335 294 251 158 123 60 42 17

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 25 Investigation and Security Services: employment by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

200,000

180,000

160,000

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

40,000

20,000

0
UK FR DE PL ES RO IT BG HU PT GR NL SE SK BE NO IE AT FI LT LV EE SI DK LU CY
Employment 186132147325140205129627107223 80252 66723 48595 35569 34961 33975 29742 18270 15646 13432 10204 9869 9472 7820 7667 7518 6655 5277 3788 2150 529

Source: Eurostat SBS

58 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 26 Investigation and Security Services: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy turnover by
country, 2005 (%)

0.90

0.80

0.70

0.60

0.50

0.40

0.30

0.20

0.10

0.00
GR HU EE BG UK PL LV RO PT FR SI ES SK SE LU LT NL IE NO IT FI DE BE AT DK EU*
Share of NFNUBE turnover 0.78 0.44 0.29 0.28 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.13 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.18

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 27 Investigation and Security Services: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy employment
by country, 2005 (%)

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
BG RO SK PL EE HU GR LV PT LU FR UK IE SI LT ES NO SE DE FI NL BE IT AT DK EU*
Share of NFNUBE emp 2.76 2.06 1.76 1.76 1.71 1.44 1.38 1.24 1.07 1.05 1.04 1.04 1.01 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.69 0.64 0.64 0.56 0.45 0.41 0.22 0.96

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 59


Figure 28 Investigation and Security Services: breakdown of number of companies by company size (number of
employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
EE SK LI BG RO LV DE AT PL SI ES IT NL NO DK FI LU SE FR GR PT HU EU*
1 empl 8.3 8.5 9.8 19.7 21.8 25.9 28.6 31.7 37.3 40.5 41.2 42.1 48.8 50.7 51.2 61.5 66.7 67.7 71.5 85.7 88.6 88.7 64.5
2-9 empl 21.7 33.0 35.0 29.0 25.0 30.7 32.0 49.7 39.5 25.3 30.6 26.3 35.2 29.6 34.0 27.0 14.3 22.4 14.6 8.5 5.3 8.4 18.7
10-19 empl 18.3 20.6 17.1 14.8 9.0 15.9 11.6 8.3 4.8 7.6 9.2 10.0 7.2 6.8 7.7 4.9 0.0 4.7 5.1 1.8 1.2 1.4 5.4
20-49 empl 25.0 14.0 19.5 17.8 14.7 11.6 12.5 5.6 6.1 13.3 8.3 10.7 5.2 5.8 5.3 3.4 7.1 3.3 5.1 1.8 1.2 1.0 5.4
50-249 empl 16.7 21.2 13.0 14.3 23.4 14.3 11.7 3.1 8.4 11.4 8.4 9.5 2.8 3.4 1.2 2.0 7.1 1.5 2.8 1.2 1.9 0.5 4.6
250 or more 10.0 2.7 5.7 4.3 6.2 1.6 3.7 1.7 3.9 1.9 2.2 1.4 0.8 3.7 0.6 1.2 4.8 0.5 0.9 1.0 1.7 0.1 1.4

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 29 Investigation and Security Services: breakdown of turnover by company size (number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
EE ES NO RO LI DE FI BG PL FR SK AT IT LV GR HU EU*
1 empl 0.0 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.2 2.8 3.3 1.0 2.6 2.6 4.2 2.8 2.5 0.3 22.3 21.1 4.7
2-9 empl 1.0 2.6 2.8 5.0 2.8 6.2 7.5 3.3 10.7 7.4 11.1 17.1 5.5 3.6 7.2 25.6 7.9
10-19 empl 1.8 2.4 2.0 1.5 4.6 3.2 4.0 7.5 2.9 5.8 4.4 4.3 8.9 20.2 5.0 10.1 5.6
20-49 empl 5.1 5.2 7.0 5.6 7.9 6.8 4.9 10.4 7.8 13.1 10.5 7.2 15.0 10.0 3.9 14.7 10.1
50-249 empl 18.2 15.6 28.3 17.3 28.8 16.0 27.8 19.8 18.7 37.3 39.8 40.7 19.1 17.0 23.3
250 or more 73.9 73.3 87.3 58.6 67.4 52.2 64.3 49.9 56.3 52.4 32.5 68.7 28.2 25.1 42.5 11.5 48.4

Source: Eurostat SBS

60 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 30 Investigation and Security Services: breakdown of employment by company size (number of employees), 2005
(%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
GR EE PL RO NO ES DE FI LI BG AT SI NL FR SK LV IT DK HU EU*
1 empl 1.5 0.1 0.9 0.3 0.6 0.9 0.6 2.4 0.2 0.4 1.2 1.1 3.3 0.7 2.6 0.8 1.8 4.5 36.5 2.4
2-9 empl 1.4 1.1 3.9 1.6 3.3 2.6 3.1 5.6 2.6 2.6 6.7 2.7 5.4 4.8 3.4 5.2 4.4 12.5 13.5 3.9
10-19 empl 0.7 2.1 1.4 1.8 2.6 2.8 3.6 3.3 3.9 4.1 4.2 3.1 5.9 5.1 7.2 7.8 5.8 9.7 7.8 3.8
20-49 empl 2.5 6.6 4.1 6.8 5.1 5.7 8.4 4.9 9.8 10.7 7.0 13.0 5.7 11.4 11.1 11.6 14.6 14.9 12.2 8.3
50-249 empl 4.2 17.0 20.6 37.5 10.4 17.6 29.1 11.1 22.5 29.3 39.7 14.9 21.0 44.7 48.3 42.8 17.9 24.1
250 or more 89.7 73.1 69.1 51.9 78.0 70.5 55.1 72.7 61.1 52.9 80.8 40.3 64.7 56.9 30.9 26.4 30.6 58.5 12.1 57.5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 31 Investigation and Security Services: share of personnel costs in value of production, 2005 (%)

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
HU LV GR PL BG RO EE DK UK NO SI LT IT CY FI FR SK SE NL AT IE BE ES DE PT LU EU*
Share of personnel costs in production 33 41 44 44 46 48 50 52 52 53 58 58 58 62 62 64 64 65 66 66 68 72 73 73 74 78 60

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 61


Figure 32 Security Services: turnover per person employed, € thousand, (COESS estimates)

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
RO BG PL HU CZ EE GR CY FR DE AT UK IE ES BE NL DK SE CH IT NO EU
Turnover per worker 0.4 3.1 6.1 6.5 6.6 6.7 8.3 13.3 22.3 24.9 29.3 29.5 30.4 35.9 38.7 43.0 47.6 57.4 59.4 61.2 62.5 20.0

Source: COESS (2007)

Figure 33 Investigation and Security Services: turnover per person employed, 2005, € thousand, (Eurostat estimates)

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
BG RO LT SK PL LV EE PT SI CY HU DE AT ES FR FI UK IE LU IT BE NL SE NO GR DK EU*
Turnover per worker 3 4 8 8 9 9 13 18 22 25 26 27 31 33 40 41 44 46 47 49 50 50 52 56 60 63 30.6

Source: Eurostat SBS

62 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 34 Investigation and Security Services: value added per person employed 2005, € thousand, (Eurostat estimates)

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

0
BG RO HU LV SK LT PL EE SI PT CY GR DE AT FR ES FI IE IT SE UK NO NL BE DK LU EU*
V.A. per worker 2 2 5 5 6 6 6 8 13 15 18 20 20 24 27 27 29 30 32 34 34 35 36 39 40 42 21.2

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 35 Investigation and Security Services: wage adjusted labour productivity (apparent labour productivity by average
personnel costs), 2005 (€ thousand)

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
GR HU SE BE FR IT SI DE FI NL PT LU ES IE AT DK SK NO BG EE CY LT RO LV UK PL EU*
Adj. Lab. Prod 67 89 98 103 104 108 109 110 112 112 112 112 113 115 115 116 117 122 122 123 123 127 128 143 147 150 116

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 63


Figure 36 Investigation and Security Services: turnover per person employed by company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0
BG RO SK LI PL LV EE DE HU ES FR FI IT EU*
2-49 empl 4.1 4.3 9.6 7.4 20.1 12.2 10.1 28.6 38.4 30.7 49.7 48.6 57.6 37.7
50-249 empl 3.2 2.7 6.7 6.2 8.4 7.5 13.4 26.3 24.3 29.4 35.9 59.0 45.2 24.6
250 or more 3.2 4.1 8.4 8.8 7.2 8.5 12.7 25.2 24.4 34.4 37.2 36.2 44.8 21.4

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 37 Investigation and Security Services: value-added per person employed by company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0
BG RO LV LI SK PL HU EE DE FR ES FI IT EU*
2-49 empl 1.7 1.9 5.8 3.9 5.3 9.7 6.2 5.4 17.0 27.9 21.0 31.4 28.6 19.4
50-249 empl 1.8 1.7 4.1 4.6 5.4 6.7 6.0 7.8 21.7 25.2 21.5 34.8 33.5 17.0
250 or more 1.9 2.6 6.8 6.8 6.9 5.3 10.7 8.1 20.0 26.8 29.5 28.3 34.8 15.9

64 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


4 Private employment agencies

4.1 Sector overview

In a sector study of Bain & Co on behalf of Eurociett (hereafter called “Eurociett


report”)55, the private employment agencies (PrEA) industry was estimated to employ 3.3
million agency workers (FTE) in Europe in 2006. Some 250,000 employees work as
internal staff (i.e. recruitment consultants, sales persons, administrative clerks and office
managers) within the agency work outlets. With an annual turnover exceeding €90 billion
for 2006, the European PrEA industry accounted for 45% of the industry’s worldwide
turnover. These estimates are broadly in line with Eurostat data on the industry. Eurostat
estimates (based on data from 25 Member States) indicate that in 2005 some 67,000
companies were active in the industry, employing around 3.2 million workers and
generating an annual turnover of €109 billion (see Figure 38 to Figure 40).

On the basis of calculations using Eurostat data, the PrEA sector accounted for
approximately 0.55% of total turnover, and 2.6% of total employment in the non-financial
and non-utility business economy (NFNUBE)56 of the EU (see Figure 41 and Figure 42).
At an individual country level, the Netherlands and the UK stand out in terms of a
relatively high share of security services in turnover of the NFNUBE. While, in terms of a
high share of total number of employed persons in the NFNUBE, it is again the
Netherlands and Luxembourg that stand out. These employment share estimates – which
are based on ‘head count’ and do not adjust for part-time working – can be compared
with estimates of the Temporary Agency Workers (TAW) penetration rate from industry
sources. For TAW activities, Eurociett estimates that, for the EU as a whole, the TAW
penetration rate (i.e. daily FTE as % of total employment) was 1.8% in 2006, rising from
1.0% in 1996. However, this penetration rate, as well as its change over time, widely
differs across countries (see Figure 43 and Figure 44). In the UK market, TAW jobs
account for approximately 4.5% of total employment, whereas the penetration rate in
Eastern European countries such as Poland are below 0.5%.

According to Eurociett, between 1996 and 2006 the number of temporary agency workers
(TAWs) in Europe has more than doubled (from 1.5 million FTEs in 1996 to 3.3 million
in 200657). However, growth figures differ significantly across countries. Whereas in
more mature markets such as the Netherlands, the UK, Belgium and France the annual

55
Eurociett (2008), “More work opportunities for more people: unlocking the private employment agency industry’s
contribution to a better functioning labour market”, 72 p.
56
Defined as NACE Sections C, D, F to I and K. More normally the non-financial business economy (NACE Sections C to I
and K) is utilised as a reference, but as data on the ‘utilities sector’ (NACE Section E) is missing for some countries the
definition ‘non-financial and non-utility business economy’ has been used.
57
Based on data from 19 Member States.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 65


growth rate over the period 1996-2006 (CAGR) ranged from 3.5% to 7.6%, in many other
Member States the market has been booming between 1996-2006 and showed double
digit annual growth figures (ranging from 12.9% in Germany to even 41.4% in Italy58)
(see Figure 45).

In terms of the breakdown of activities, the core business of private employment agencies
(PrEAs) is clearly the temporary agency work (TAW) activity. Depending on market
conditions (i.e. markets with no restrictions on additional activity provision versus
markets with strong regulatory restrictions, see later) the share of TAW activities in
PrEAs’ total portfolio varies from 86% in UK to 100% in Spain (see Figure 46) a country
in which temporary work agencies can only provide temporary work services. The
remaining activities consist of additional HR-related services, such as support in
permanent recruitment and placement, outplacement, HR-related administration.

The industry structure differs considerably across Member States and seems to be
interlinked with both the regulatory framework in place, and the demand structure in the
market. In countries where (strong) regulatory restrictions exist in the use of TAW and
the offering of PrEA activities (e.g. France, Belgium), the market is highly concentrated
and dominated by large global players such as Adecco, Manpower or Randstad; for
example, in France the top 5 companies accounted for 83% of the industry’s revenues in
2005. Moreover, in France and Belgium it is mainly larger client companies make use of
PrEA services, and those companies most often look for an international partner.. In the
UK where there are no significant restrictions on PrEA activities and TAW use, and PrEA
services are more extensively used by SMEs, the PrEA market is much more fragmented
and smaller niche players play a significant role in the market, next to the large
multinationals. The market share of the top 5 in the UK PrEA industry only amounted to
20% in 2005 (see Figure 47).

Eurostat data from 13 member states indicate that more than 60% of the private
employment agencies have only 1 employee and nearly 20% have between 2 and 9
employees. Large companies (more than 250 employees represent less than 2% of the
total number of firms (see Figure 48). Yet, the Eurostat data indicate that this last group
of firms accounts for more than 65% of total turnover in the industry (see Figure 49) and
71% of employment (see Figure 50).

In general, it is expected that in the coming years will see further consolidation among
larger players in the market. A recent example is the merger in mid-2008 of the
Netherlands-based companies of Randstad and Vedior to create the second largest PrEA
company in the world (after market leader Adecco). At the same time as consolidating its
position in European markets, Randstad’s purchase of Vedior is seen as a way to
strengthen its position in specialist staffing (e.g. nurses, accountants), which has been the
fastest growing segment of the staffing market, and to facilitate international expansion in
emerging markets.

58
In Italy, the double digit growth figure can be explained by the legal recognition of the industry in 1998, paving the way for
the development of agency work.

66 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


4.2 Competitiveness analysis

4.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions

PrEA services are typically labour intensive since the major part of their activities relate
to the supply of temporary workers and accordingly a major part of their turnover reflects
the (labour) costs of workers supplied to clients. On average, the share of personnel costs
in total production costs/value amounts to over 60% (Figure 50). Nevertheless, Eurostat
data indicate that this share of personnel costs varies significantly across EU Member
States (see Figure 52) with personnel costs in Poland only representing 23% of total
turnover while personnel costs in Luxembourg represent 95% of total turnover. A number
of factors appear to be at play here, including the level of the share of gross operating
surplus (‘profit’) in turnover59. Drawing a broad picture we can distinguish the following
groups of countries:
• Countries where shares of personnel cost exceed 80% of total turnover (e.g.
Luxembourg, France, Spain, Belgium, Italy and Portugal). These are markets
characterised by relatively stringent regulations on the scope of activities of PrEA
companies and use of TAW. In these markets, PrEA services are largely restricted to
provision of TAW and so sector turnover essentially reflects the personnel costs of
supplied workers.
• Countries where shares of personnel costs are in the range of 70-80% of turnover
(e.g. Scandinavian countries and Germany60).
• Countries where shares of personnel costs are below 60% of turnover. This includes
virtually all the new Member States for which data are available, together with those
older Member States recognised as having less stringent regulations on PrEA
activities (e.g. UK, Netherlands, and Ireland). Though it is clear that there is
significant variation across these countries that may in part reflect the structure of the
sector in individual countries, by and large it seems reasonable to assume that the
relatively low proportion of personnel costs in total turnover reflects the fact that in
these markets there is much greater scope for PrEA companies to provide additional
(i.e. HR-related) services. In this respect, the scope for creation of additional ‘value-
added’ services (i.e. beyond the costs of supplied labour)61 is greater in these
countries.

An inherent characteristic of the PrEA industry is the high turnover of employees. As


most temporary agency workers use PrEAs as a stepping stone to enter or come back to
the labour market, the industry is by definition faced with a rapidly changing labour
force. The PrEA industry plays an active role in facilitating transformations in the labour
market. It clearly has a ‘social role’ by facilitating access to the labour market for
“outsiders” (i.e. long-term unemployed, older workers, ethnic minorities and disabled
people), thus reinforcing social cohesion and diversity in the labour market. Most of these
outsider groups are over represented among the TAWs.

59
To some extent the low share of personnel costs in countries with a high proportion of micro enterprises (see Figure 48)
and relatively high proportion of operating surplus (e.g. Poland) may reflect the fact that remuneration to the
‘owner’/entrepreneur is included under operating surplus rather than personnel costs.
60
Also, Estonia.
61
From an accounting perspective, the cost to clients of temporary workers supplied by the PrEA sector is counted within the
value-added of the PrEA sector.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 67


PrEAs are also recognised by the European Commission in its communication on
flexicurity as key in implementing efficient active labour market policies (ALMP). It
seems that there is a negative relationship between the TAW penetration rate and long-
term employment (i.e. the higher the TAW rate, the lower the long term unemployment
rate). In many countries PrEAs now partner with public employment services to help
reducing unemployment.

Despite the recognition of their positive role in the labour market, the Eurociett report
states some important (mis)perceptions that exist about the labour conditions at PrEAs,
such as, for example, the perception of the existence of worse working conditions for
TAW. Eurociett highlights that these (mis)perceptions lead to an under-leveraging of the
full benefits and potential that the PrEA industry can play in the labour market.

Finally, the demographic changes that Europe is facing (in the form of both possible
decreases in the overall size and ageing of the European population) and the resulting
tightening of the labour market are seen as both a challenge and an opportunity for the
PrEA industry. As the “war for talent” will worsen, demand for PrEA services is expected
to grow as companies will have a harder time finding the right skills in the market. But,
like the other industries, PrEAs will also be faced with the tighter labour market, possibly
limiting industry growth.

4.2.2 Apparent labour productivity

Before discussing apparent labour production in the PrEA sector, it should be pointed out
that from a statistical perspective the data on agency workers does not distinguish
between those workers employed in the sector (i.e. direct employees of PrEA companies,
themselves)62 and workers engaged as temporary agency workers (i.e. hired out to client
companies). This implies that the data reported in this sub-section (and subsequent
subsections) primarily reflect the apparent labour productivity of temporary agency
workers rather than that of workers ‘within’ the PrEA sector. Accordingly, some caution
is necessary in the interpretation of labour productivity data and, in particular, it is
important to remember that, to a large extent, variables such as turnover, value-added and
personnel costs will reflect the financial remuneration and other labour costs associated
with the provision of temporary agency workers. For example, to the extent that the
composition of skill-levels (and corresponding wage levels) of temporary agency workers
varies across countries then this will be reflected in relative levels of personnel costs of
the PrEA sector.

The average turnover per person employed in the PrEA industry in the EU-27 was around
€34 thousand in 2005 (see Figure 53) and the value-added per person employed amounted
to €26 thousand (see Figure 54). Large differences exist between the EU Member States,
with average turnover per person employed ranging from only €5 thousand in Bulgaria to
€50 thousand in the United Kingdom63, and value-added per person employed ranging

62
EuroCiett estimates that there are some 250,000 employees working as internal staff within the agency work outlets.
63
The data indicate a turnover figure of €95 thousand for Ireland, but this figure appears to include a substantial component
related to the (re-)sale of goods and services purchased for resale in the same condition as received (see Figure 52).

68 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


from €3 thousand in Bulgaria to €41 thousand in Ireland. It is clear that the wide
differences in wage levels across the EU-27 have a large impact on these differences.
However, even when adjusting apparent labour productivity for wage differences, a
significant variation across countries remains (see Figure 55)64. Again (see Section 2.2.1)
we can see that by and large apparent labour productivity is higher in those countries with
relatively mature and un-restricted markets (e.g. UK, Ireland, Netherlands) and some of
the new Member States. By contrast, apparent labour productivity is relatively low in
countries with more restricted markets (e.g. Luxembourg, Italy, France, Portugal, Spain
and Belgium)

In explaining differences in level of turnover per employee, in addition to differences in


wage levels, a second reason for differences across countries can be significant variation
in the proportion of part-time work. A limited dataset on part-time work in the PrEA
industry (containing data from 5 member states – Denmark, Romania, Spain, Sweden and
Slovenia) already shows that the share of part-time workers in total employment varies
from only 1.1% in Slovenia to almost 60% in Denmark (see Figure 56), leading to a large
variation in average hours worked per employee.

A third reason for the observed differences in apparent labour productivity seems to be
the structure of the PrEA industry at national level. Eurostat data from 11 Member States
indicate that in general the turnover per person employed (see Figure 57) and the value-
added per person employed (see Figure 58) tend to be higher in smaller companies (less
than 50 employees) than in larger companies (more than 50 employees). This implies that
in markets that are dominated by larger firms the average turnover and value-added per
person employed is lower than in markets where many SMEs are active in the PrEA
industry.

A possible clarification for the higher turnover and value-added per person employed in
smaller companies can be a difference in business model (see also 2.2.5), where small
companies tend to focus on niches following a small volume/high margin strategy and
larger companies tend to follow business models based on high volume business and
lower margins. Next to this, differences in the average number of hours worked might
exist between smaller and larger firms due, for example, to less use of part-time
employees.

4.2.3 Productivity enhancement

Following from the introductory comments made in the previous subsection, and from a
somewhat artificial statistical perspective, the apparent labour productivity of PrEA
activities will reflect the underlying composition of supplied temporary agency workers.
Thus, for example, raising the proportion of high-skilled workers supplied under TAW
contracts or increasing the average number of hours worked by temporary workers (e.g.

64
Apparent labour productivity is estimated by the ratio (%) of value-added per employee to average personnel costs per
employee. Under normal circumstances this ratio should exceed 100%, since average value added (which includes
personnel costs) should be greater than average personnel costs. The greater the ratio (in excess of 100) then
proportionally the greater the value added per employee created in addition to the cost of their labour.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 69


through the use of less part-time workers)65 would have the effect of raising apparent
labour productivity. This is not to say that such changes would not, in fact, also raise the
productivity of internal staff of PrEA companies, but that any increase in apparent
productivity would largely reflect the increased average personnel costs of temporary
agency workers.

Focussing on the productivity aspects of internal PrEA activities (as opposed to that of
temporary agency workers), it remains the case that many PrEAs are relatively labour
intensive66 and require personal contact between internal agency staff and both TAWs
and clients. This tends to imply that increases in (labour) productivity are not so much to
be obtained from technological progress, although developments in ICT applications can
be seen to be important for searching for new TAWs and for the development of systems
for managing data and organising workflows etc. More generally, organisational
innovation is an area where opportunities for enhancing productivity are thought to be
possible.

One important possibility for raising productivity within the PrEA sector is through
broadening of the portfolio of activities towards more HR related services other than
TAW. Available data (see Section 2.2.1 and 4.2.2) suggests that productivity (and
profitability) is higher in countries where there are less restrictions on PrEA activities
than in countries where regulatory restrictions limit or even prohibit such widening of the
scope beyond TAW services (e.g. France, Spain). In general, provided that
turnover/value-added is higher for such activities than for standard TAW given the same
amount of hours worked, shifting towards such HR related services can increase
productivity.

4.2.4 Demand side conditions

Staff flexibility becomes increasingly important for companies to absorb increased


fluctuations in economic activity and thus to remain competitive. Surveys in different
European countries have shown that the use of PrEA services helps managing such
fluctuations (see Figure 59 and Figure 60). It has been recognised in several countries that
the use of TAW directly contributes to enhancing the competitiveness of user companies.

The demand structure for TAW services varies significantly across countries. In countries
such as Belgium, France and Germany the main sector using TAW is industry. The share
of industry in total TAW in these countries ranges from 60% to 75%. Services sectors
take up the remaining share, since regulatory restrictions mean that use of TAW in the
public sector is (almost) nonexistent. In countries such as the UK, Spain and the
Netherlands on the other hand, more than half of demand for TAW comes from clients in
the services and public sectors. In these countries industry’s share only amounts to less
than 40%. In the countries with no significant regulatory restrictions on the use of TAW

65
Although, given the fact that TAW is often seen as a good solution to match lifestyle choices or personal constraints (ànd is
also promoted that way by the PrEA industry itself, see Eurociett report (2007)), productivity gains via this option might be
more difficult to realise.
66
It would, nonetheless, be useful to have better data to substantiate, for example, the importance of investments in ICT (and
use of other goods and services) for the PrEA sector.

70 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


in public services (e.g. UK, the Netherlands), the public sector accounts for a share of
20% and more of total demand (see Figure 61).

Due to the existing restrictions on the use of TAW in the public sector in different
Member States (Belgium, Greece, France, Luxembourg, Spain), contrary to several other
services industries (e.g. cleaning, private security) the public sector is not a very
important driver of demand in the PrEA industry. However, the UK example shows that
TAW can play an important role in providing flexible solutions in public sector areas
such as the education sector.

It is the case that, in general, PrEA services are more widely used by large companies and
the penetration of PrEA services among smaller companies is still very limited in most
countries. The only exception is the UK market, where many smaller service companies
make similar use to larger firms of PrEA services (see Figure 62). Possible reasons for the
lack of penetration among smaller companies include lack of awareness about the
possible role that TAW can play in SMEs, and possibly existing misconceptions
concerning TAW.

Clients mainly make use of TAW for short term assignments (< 6 months). Longer term
assignments are limited and range from less than 5% of the total amount of assignments
(in Spain, France) to 30% in the Netherlands and Germany.

Recently, there is a tendency in large client companies to shift responsibility for ‘PrEA
services purchase’ to purchase managers and no longer to retain this function within HR
departments. Consequently, PrEA services tend to be treated as a cost element, rather
than as a more strategic option, which is seen as an unfavourable development for the
PrEA sector.

It can also be noted that there can be a conflict in the interests of clients and the sector in
terms of the development of sector-related regulations and conditions. The PrEA industry
is generally in favour of improved conditions for agency workers (e.g. equal treatment
conditions) as this can encourage workers to see TAW as a more relatively favourable
option to securing employment. This can conflict, however, with clients’ objectives of
reducing costs and/or utilising working conditions that differ from those of permanent
staff.

4.2.5 Competition and business strategies

The PrEA sector is a young industry in Europe and still in a phase of full expansion.
Markets opened up only very recently in some EU members states (Spain in 1994, Italy in
1998, Greece in 2000, and new Central & Eastern Europe Member States in 2000-2004).
Between 1996 and 2006 the sector has grown at an average annual growth rate of 6.8%. It
is forecasted that this growth rate will remain at around this level for the next five years
(under the assumption of no significant changes in regulation). The regions with most
growth potential within Europe are the Eastern European countries and Germany.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 71


In general, the expanding market means that conditions are reasonably favourable for
PrEA companies and clients remain prepared to pay significant mark-ups for temporary
workers67. Nonetheless, competition in the PrEA market has risen over the years and has
been compounded by changes in the behaviour of larger client companies that make use
of PrEA services where responsibility for negotiating TAW contracts has shifted from the
HR department towards the purchasing manager. This has tended to result in increased
focus on cost cutting, lowering the negotiating position of PrEAs.

In general two broad groups of companies can be identified within the PrEA sector: (i) a
limited number of large multinational companies that are active on a global scale and
mainly originate from Europe or the US (e.g. Adecco, Kelly Services, Manpower,
Randstad, etc.); (ii) a range of small firms that are locally active and often are specialised
in a specific niche segments.

Within the sector, business models differ. The larger players tend to follow business
models based on high volume business whereas smaller specialised niche players work on
small volume high-margin models. Unlike many other related services industries, there
appears to be less of a shift in the PrEA sector towards a broader range of facilities
management activities other than HR services. The main focus when broadening service
activities lies in increasing the scope within the HR services that are delivered to
customers. It is expected that, in those countries where PrEA companies are not restricted
in the provision of such services, PrEAs will take over more HR activities from
companies in the future (training, HR administration, etc.).

Despite an increasingly tightening labour market in many European countries, until now
the bargaining power of PrEA companies vis-à-vis their client companies has not
increased markedly. However, it can be expected that this might come over time as the
‘war for talent’ will become more explicit. Already pressures from the labour supply side
can be seen for specific types of skilled workers (e.g. nurses).

4.2.6 Internationalisation

Cross-border activities within the industry are very limited. Eurostat data for 5 EU
Member States (see Figure 63) show that the external service provider of personnel
related services to client companies is almost always located within the same country and
even within the same region as the client. The reasons for this very limited
internationalisation are twofold:
• Regulation in different countries restricts the possibilities of cross-border activities
(e.g. in Portugal, you need a local branch to do business);
• With the exception of really high skilled profiles, workers mobility is still very
limited. Language barriers reinforce this limited workers mobility.

At the same time, especially the large multinational PrEA companies are very active at
the international level, with the development of their international network reflecting the
international development of client companies and general economic development

67
One figure quoted in discussions was that PrEA companies are able to operate with a margin of 15-20% on temporary
workers.

72 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


patterns (e.g. opportunities/expansion in Eastern Europe, the BRIC and VISTA
countries). However, due to the above mentioned restrictions to internationalisation, the
structure of these companies is more a multi-national structure rather than a global
structure (i.e. companies being “glocal” rather than “global”).

4.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise the key issues facing the PrEA
industry both in terms of the sector’s own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). The
analysis is based around a screening of the sector in relation to the main regulatory and
framework conditions68; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 10.

4.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards

Labour standards and regulations / Sector-level standards and regulations


The PrEA industry is a heavily regulated sector in many countries. Poor working
conditions for TAW in some cases in the past have inspired both policy and the sector
itself to issue regulation and sector-specific standards.

At national level, regulation on TAW is mostly inspired by the principle of balancing


protection of workers and flexibility of the labour market. This national regulation is
frequently complemented by sector-level collective labour agreements aimed at
protecting working conditions. In general terms, an important part of regulation
influencing the PrEA industry are those relating to wages and social security payment and
employment conditions; for example, national minimum wages, collective wage
bargaining and regulations governing conditions of employment (e.g. overtime payments,
unsocial working hours, etc.). Although in several EU countries TAWs enjoy the same
rights as permanent workers, in other countries there is still a difference in the rights and
duties attached to TAW work versus other forms of employment.

At European level, the Temporary Agency Work Directive aims to create parity between
the working conditions and benefits of temporary workers and permanently-employed
staff. It is a continuation of the policy of creating parity for all "atypical" workers (as has
been implemented for part-time workers). Agreement on the Directive was reached on 10
June 2008 at Council level. The Directive will now be subject to a second reading within
the European Parliament. Alongside this Directive is the Posting of Workers Directive
(96/71), which aims to guarantee that the main working conditions (e.g. minimum wage,
minimum work periods, minimum rest periods, and minimum paid annual holidays) of
migrant agency workers meet the same requirements as workers in the country of
destination.

For the PrEA industry itself regulation of the market is both seen as a necessity and a
barrier limiting the full development of the sector. Eurociett recognises that in the past in
some cases poor working conditions used to be much more common for TAWs. And

68
This analysis is in accordance with the general framework for assessment of regulatory and framework conditions agreed
as part of the Framework Contract of Sectoral Competitiveness Studies.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 73


although the PrEA industry has been reformed and professionalized, misconceptions
about the nature of PrEAs still exist (such as ‘TAWs endure worse working conditions
than permanent workers’, ‘TAW places workers in precarious situations’). Therefore, the
industry invests a lot of effort to avoid any ‘abuse’ of TAW. Above the existing
regulation, Eurociett has established a voluntary European Code of Conduct for its
European Members, which provides agreed general principles on PrEA practices.

Despite the recognised need for good regulation and standards by the sector, at the same
time it urges regulatory authorities to remove those restrictions on TAW activities that are
seen as ‘unjustified’. Especially the existing restrictions on TAW use (sectoral bans,
restrictions on ‘reasons of use’) and restrictions on PrEAs portfolio of activities that still
exist in several countries, are considered unjustified and limiting the sector’s growth69.

Client sector standards and regulations


Services supplied by PrEAs to client companies are affected by regulations and standards
relating to the client’s sector in so far that these standards and/or regulation can have an
influence on the type of qualification or skills that are required by the client for the TAW
job. The service rendered by the PrEA to the client and the necessary processes (search
activity, qualification checks, administrative follow-up, etc.) as such are not significantly
different from one client to another (although some types of vacancies may for example
need more intensive search, possibly through different search channels), however it is
clear that the content of the TAW job is dependent upon the activities of the client
company.

Next to the (limited) influence of client sector standards and regulation, in several
countries the use of TAW itself is (severely) restricted or even prohibited in specific
sectors (sectoral bans). The most significant restrictions are to be found in public services
and construction; for example, in Spain, TAW is strictly banned from public services and
construction, while in Belgium and France its use is restricted to very specific situations.

4.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions

Knowledge and innovation


The influence of technological progress in the PrEA industry largely comes from
developments in ICT; for example new communication systems enable the PrEA industry
to develop more efficient ways to link supply and demand. Such technological innovation
often drives/enables process and organisational innovations in the industry70.

Labour force and skills


The level of skills required in TAW broadly differs across countries. Based on Eurociett
data from 6 Member States, we see that in most countries high skills are only to a limited
extent required (for 2% to 9% of total TAW jobs) (see Figure 64). The share of medium

69
Eurociett forecasts that only the lifting of the existing sectoral bans and reasons of use in 6 EU member states (i.e. Belgium,
France, Germany, the Netherlands, Spain and UK) would create an additional 570,000 TAW jobs by 2012.
70
An example is the digitalisation of the service voucher system in Belgium, a system that allows individuals to purchase a
government-subsidised domestic cleaning service (house cleaning, ironing, washing). At the introduction in 2004 the
system exclusively made use of paper vouchers that individuals used to pay the TAW. Now, payments can be arranged
through electronic vouchers, making the administrative handling by the PrEA less time-consuming.

74 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


skilled jobs and low skilled jobs however, differs significantly across countries. The share
for medium skilled jobs ranges from 30% in Spain to around 80% in the UK, whereas low
skills (i.e. no specific qualifications required) are only required for something more than
15% in the UK versus for about 65% of the TAW jobs in Spain. The level of skills
required per country is strongly influenced by the demand structure (manufacturing
companies versus services companies or public services companies) and the existing
restrictions at national level on the use of TAW (restrictions on TAW use, sectoral
restrictions, restrictions on PrEAs activities).

It can be expected that as a consequence of the demographic change that Europe is facing
and the related ‘war for talent’, skill requirements for TAW jobs might increase. Due to
the tightening labour market, client companies will encounter more and more problems
finding specific skills in the market, increasing the search costs for finding new
employees. PrEAs can play an important role in helping companies to solve temporary
capacity problems and even to identify suitable candidates with the necessary skills for
hiring. This may lead to a significant change in the role that PrEAs play in the labour
market in the future.

Market access
Market access is a major issue in the PrEA industry. In several EU Member States the
sector is confronted with different restrictions, such as sectoral bans or restrictions
regarding the use of TAW services.

At the moment the services provided by temporary work agencies are is excluded from
the EU Services Directive. The sector itself had hoped to be included in the EU Services
Directive, as this could have served to lift some of the ‘unjustified’ restrictions that now
exist at the national level (e.g. by strengthening rights related to freedom of
establishment). Currently, national regulations and licensing requirements are significant
barriers to entry (e.g. the example of local branch requirements for Portugal), especially
for SMEs.

It is expected that in the coming years more harmonisation in the EU will come for labour
conditions in general, but not for TAW specifically. Nevertheless, the lifting of existing
restrictions could have a large positive effect on the job creation through TAW71.

Structural change
Global competition has led to an increased need for more flexibility within firms, to be
able to absorb increased fluctuations in economic activity. The PrEA industry plays a
central role in providing companies with the necessary staff flexibility; for example, to
help managing economic fluctuations72.

Next to the structural changes influencing business organisation, the demographic


changes within the EU-27 will also have a strong impact on the PrEA industry. As firms

71
The Eurociett report has made estimates of an additional extra 570.000 jobs created in 6 European countries (above the
expected + 1.6 million extra jobs over the period 2006-2012 due to organic growth) if only the existing restrictions on
sectoral use and reasons of use would be lifted.
72
For example, a survey conducted in Belgium finds that TAW is seen as the most relevant solution (see Figure 59).

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 75


will encounter difficulties in finding the right people due to a shrinking labour supply, it
is expected that demand for higher skilled TAW will increase and that the role of PrEAs
will shift from pure TAW services to more additional HR services (recruitment services,
etc.), conditional to a lifting of regulatory barriers related to restrictions on PrEAs
activities.

Competition issues
The most important competition issue in the PrEA industry is the perceived ‘unfair’
competition from other types of flexible employment forms (e.g. part-time work, fixed-
term contracts). At national level, TAW regulation still faces a series of discriminatory
restrictions that do not allow it to compete on an equal footing with these other forms.
One example of such discriminatory restriction is the different treatment of TAW
contracts and fixed-term contracts with regards to end of contract compensation in Spain
and France.

Within the PrEA industry itself, we found no direct evidence of competition problems.
We do remark that in several Member States the PrEA industry is highly concentrated.
However, this in itself is no evidence of potential competition problems and it is beyond
the scope of this study to further evaluate this in more detail.

4.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends

Technological change
Rapid technological change has been identified as one of the key challenges for European
industry, both manufacturing and services, particularly in relation to developments in the
field of ICT. As mentioned earlier, ICT developments can be considered as an important
driver/enabler of process and organisational innovations within the PrEA industry. ICT
has opened up new possibilities for PrEAs to organise themselves in a more efficient
manner and to develop new and improved services for their clients.

Social and demographic change


As pointed out in section 2.2.1, demographic change in Europe has an ambiguous effect
on the PrEA industry. On the one hand, demand from client companies is expected to
increase, as they face more difficulties in finding appropriately-skilled labour. On the
other hand, it will also become more challenging for the PrEA industry to find a sufficient
supply of labour in the shrinking labour market. An important mechanism for off-setting
this process of demographic change in Europe is the integration of migrant workers into
the labour market. The PrEA industry already plays an important role in integrating
migrant workers into the labour market. Whereas the focus is now mainly still on the
integration of lower-skilled workers, in the future this is also likely to involve more and
more highly-skilled workers.

As such, the international mobility of workers will become an important issue for the
PrEA industry, as it seeks to be able to address fully the needs of clients. Hitherto,
however, such international mobility has been limited, owing to both cultural factors and
existing regulatory barriers. Several countries have now started to implement an active
policy to attract foreign - especially highly-skilled – workers (‘brain gain’).

76 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Finally, it is not only firms that demand increased flexibility, but also workers, who
increasingly tend to look for increased flexibility in managing their work-life balance.
Work and other activities tend to be organised in a different way than before, with
workers wanting to combine work with other activities such as further education (life
long learning) or personal pursuits. The PrEA industry can provide this flexibility to
workers.

Global competition
Within the PrEA industry a limited number of global players are active (e.g. Manpower,
Randstad, Adecco). These players are active on a global scale and, in several EU Member
States, they ‘control’ a majority, or at least large shares, of the market. Nevertheless, even
these global players do not really have a truly global strategy or structure, but more a
multi-national structure. Regulatory barriers at national level, as well as language
barriers, local needs of customers, and limited worker mobility, mean that the
establishment of an extensive network of local branches in each country/region where the
firms do business.

4.4 Overview of potential policy issues

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise potential areas for European policy
initiatives both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). To begin
with, the possible arguments (justification) for possible policy intervention from an
economic standpoint are examined. After this, the analysis is based around a screening of
the sector in relation to existing industrial policy initiatives and some specific themes
relevant to the business services sector; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 10.

4.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention

Social externalities
At the European level, the flexicurity model has been promoted as a way to achieve the
common employment objectives of Lisbon: creating more and better jobs, strengthening
social cohesion and facilitating active inclusion of all in the labour market. As the PrEA
industry plays a central role in facilitating transitions and transformations in the labour
market (see also section 5.2.1), it is clear that PrEAs make a positive contribution to this
flexicurity model73 and a better functioning labour market at large. As such, the social
externalities of the industry are considerable.

The following elements highlight the position of the PrEA industry in society at large,
that may provide a further justification for policy intervention:
• A well functioning PrEA industry contributes to a lowering of unemployment. A
negative correlation exists between the long-term unemployment rate and TAW
penetration rate. Therefore, in several countries TAW has been recognised as an
integral part of an active solution in curbing unemployment.

73
PrEAs have been explicitly recognised as key players in the report by the Lisbon employment taskforce.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 77


• Section 5.2.1 already underlined the ‘social role’ that the PrEA industry plays in
terms of integrating ‘outsider’ groups into the labour market. As such the industry
reinforces social cohesion and increases participation and diversity in the labour
market
• In general, TAW enhances worker employability by providing opportunities to gain
work experience, strengthen specific skills or trying new jobs and thus supporting job
reallocation
• Finally, PrEAs offer flexible working opportunities at every stage of a worker’s
professional life and as such provides solutions to an increasing demand for
flexibility to match specific lifestyle choices or personal constraints.

Market power and competition


As noted in section 2.3.1, the main competition issue in the PrEA industry is the ‘unfair’
competition the sector experiences from other forms of flexible employment. For the
sector to fully develop its potential in contributing to a better functioning labour market,
Eurociett promotes the lifting of the unjustified discrimination against these other forms
of flexible employment.

Another form of unfair competition is illegal/undeclared work, whereas companies


employ temporary workers while not respecting legal provisions regarding their rights
and working conditions. The industry supports any effort to fight against these illegal
abuses, and calls government/local authorities to relevant undertake actions to thwart
such practices.

Market share data from different Member States show that several national PrEA markets
are highly concentrated, which could potentially lead to market power abuse. However,
we found no indications of such abuse and it is beyond the scope of this study to analyse
this issue in further detail.

Information asymmetries
Information asymmetries arise when buyers and sellers are not well informed of the
services to be provided or where information is not equally distributed between them.

The Eurociett report points out that the PrEA industry is confronted with several
(mis)perceptions about the working of the industry (see also section 5.3.1). These
misconceptions may be at the basis of a limited cultural and social acceptance of the
industry in some European countries, as well as be one of the reasons for the low use of
TAW in SMEs in many countries. These misconceptions hamper not only the relationship
between the buyer (client companies) and seller (PrEAs), but also between the PrEAs and
potential temporary agency workers, the PrEAs and trade unions, and even between the
PrEAs and governments – although the relationship with this last has improved
considerably over the last few years.

A large part of these misconceptions are driven by information asymmetries that exist
between on the one hand the client companies making use of TAW and TAWs/trade
unions/government on the other hand. Especially lack of clarity/understanding about the
reasons of client companies to make use of TAW – supported by some cases of ‘abuse’ of
TAW – feed perceptions of client companies using TAW to support flexibility

78 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


particularly in hiring and firing workers. This has certainly inspired regulatory authorities
in the past to intervene and (over)regulate the PrEA industry. Consequently, finding a
good balance between protecting TAW workers and providing/supporting flexibility of
firms remains a key policy issue for the PrEA sector.

4.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives

Table 11 provides an initial screening of the PrEA industry against existing and potential
EU horizontal ‘industrial’ policy initiatives74, and a number of additional possible
services related initiatives. This attempts to identify those policy initiatives that, if
introduced or extended, could be of most relevance for the PrEA industry, in particular in
terms of raising performance (e.g. productivity improvements) and/or creating
opportunities for sector development.

74
Based on the Mid-term Review of Industrial Policy, COM(2007) 374.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 79


Table 10 Private employment agencies: screening of framework conditions

Regulatory & ‘other’ framework conditions Relevance

Heading Item Issues Sector Industry-


-level service
interactions

ƒ Impact on costs and work organisation of labour regulations


(minimum wage, working conditions etc) and income tax
and social security payments
National regulatory
ƒ National regulatory measures limiting the use of PrEA „„„ „„
measures
services
ƒ Existence of national regulatory measures that discriminate
TAW against other flexible forms of employment.

ƒ EU Temporary Agency Work Directive


EU regulatory
ƒ Posting of Workers Directive (96/71) „„ „
Regulatory measures
ƒ Directive 91/383 about health and safety at work
conditions
Completion of ƒ PrEA industry is still excluded from the EU Services

internal market Directive at the moment „„ „„


legislation
ƒ Industry and professional regulations are largely national
Industry and
issues
professional
ƒ Existence of sectoral bans, restrictions on ‘reasons of use „„„ „„
regulations and
of TAW’ in several Member States
standards
ƒ Eurociett’s European Code of Conduct

Knowledge: R&D, ƒ ICT developments as driver/enabler of organisational and


innovation and process innovation in PrEA industry „ „
development
ƒ Shrinking labour force means both opportunity and
Labour force, challenge for PrEA industry
„„„ „„„
knowledge and skills ƒ Skill requirements for TAW expected to raise in the future

as a consequence of ‘war for talent’

‘Other’ Market access


ƒ National regulation on delivery of PrEA services conditional
framework (trade and „ „
to having local branch
conditions investment)
ƒ Increased demand from companies for flexibility to remain

competitive in globalising economy


Structural change ƒ Increased demand from individuals for flexibility to balance „„ „„
work life-personal development

ƒ Shrinking labour supply due to demographic change

Competition policy ƒ ‘Unfair’ competition from other forms of flexible employment


„ „„
issues
Technological
- -
change
Social and ƒ Shrinking labour supply due to demographic change will
Exogenous demographic have large impact on (the sort of) demand for PrEA „„„ „„„
conditions change services, but also put pressure on PrEAs itself

ƒ Services provided locally


Global competition ƒ Large global/multi-national players versus small local „ „
(niche) players

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

80 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 11 Private employment agencies: screening of policy initiatives

EU policy areas Relevance


Heading Initiatives Sector issues
ƒ Due to existing barriers to a proper functioning of the
internal market, trade policy is not of high relevance
to the PrEA industry at the moment. However, if the
Trade policy market will become more harmonized in the future, -
Trade trade policy will be of much more relevance to
ensure free trade of PrEA services and international
mobility of workers.

ƒ The PrEA industry is excluded from the EU Services


Proper functioning of the Directive
„„„
internal market ƒ Many regulatory barriers still exist that prohibit ‘free
trade’ of PrEA services within the EU.

ƒ Unlike many other services, the public sector is not


an important driver of demand for PrEA services in
several countries, as the use of TAW in public
Public procurement services is strongly limited or prohibited. However, in „
countries such as the UK the public sector plays an
important role in the development of the PrEA
industry

ƒ Although there no direct indications of competition


Better issues within the industry, the high market
Competition policy -
regulation concentration in several Member States might
demand a closer monitoring.

ƒ In so far as they improve the conditions to balance


good working conditions with flexibility for firms
Better regulation and
ƒ Lifting of ‘unjustified’ restrictions on PrEA activities, „„„
simplification
such as sectoral bans and restrictions on ‘reasons of
use’, would create many extra TAW jobs.

Technical standards -
ƒ European Code of Conduct, professional
Other standards „
qualifications and training standards

Health and safety -


Research and development -

Intellectual property rights -

Innovation policy -

Knowledge ƒ Increasing demand for more skilled TAW jobs

and skills Employment, qualifications, expected


„„„
skills / Flexicurity ƒ Important role for PrEAs in realising the flexicurity

model

Access to finance / risk


-
capital
Energy and Waste, water, air
environment Intensive energy use -

Structural Anticipation
Change Tertiarisation
ƒ Organisational and process innovation to enhance
Organisational and services
Services working practices and conditions and promote „
innovation
productivity growth

Support for knowledge


-
intensive business services

Measurement and recognition -

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 81


of intangible assets
ƒ Co-operation between PrEA industry and public
Regional actions (demand
employment institutions to better match supply and „„
and supply matching)
demand in labour market

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

82 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 38 Private employment agencies: number of companies by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0
PL UK NL DE FR ES SE IT RO GR AT HU DK FI NO IE PT BE BG EE LT LV SK SI LU CY
Companies 21,053 17,185 6,505 4,268 3,349 2,961 1,794 1,434 1,411 1,058 844 832 745 668 663 592 542 501 269 169 147 143 99 93 89 52

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 39 Private employment agencies: turnover by country, € million 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

45,000

40,000

35,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0
UK FR NL DE IT ES BE AT SE NO IE DK PL PT FI HU LU GR RO SI EE SK LT LV BG CY
Turnover 39,788 23,328 12,656 11,335 4,844 4,282 3,752 2,113 1,616 1,308 1,248 962 934 859 762 476 240 139 91 80 67 58 24 18 14 4

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 83


Figure 40 Private employment agencies: employment by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

900,000

800,000

700,000

600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

0
UK FR DE NL ES IT BE PT PL AT DK SE HU NO FI LU RO IE SK EE GR SI BG LV LT CY
Employed 807,08 634,35 415,92 384,64 262,11 220,67 118,13 73,142 57,579 53,279 52,020 46,308 35,433 26,181 20,572 16,145 15,997 13,125 4,493 4,218 3,869 3,359 3,052 1,840 1,706 138

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 41 Private employment agencies: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy turnover by country,
2005 (%)

1.40

1.20

1.00

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00
NL UK FR BE AT IE LU NO DE SE PT FI DK ES EE HU IT PL SI SK RO LT LV GR BG EU*
Share of NFNUBE turnover 1.25 1.23 0.78 0.54 0.48 0.40 0.39 0.31 0.31 0.30 0.29 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.20 0.19 0.14 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.02 0.55

Source: Eurostat SBS

84 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 42 Private employment agencies: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy employment by
country, 2005 (%)

9.00

8.00

7.00

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00

1.00

0.00
NL LU BE UK FR DK AT PT NO DE ES SE FI IT HU IE EE PL SI SK RO LV LT BG GR EU*
Share of NFNUBE emp 8.27 7.91 4.96 4.49 4.47 3.07 2.28 2.25 2.06 2.04 1.97 1.78 1.69 1.48 1.44 1.35 1.09 0.78 0.60 0.51 0.41 0.30 0.20 0.17 0.16 2.62

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 43 Private employment agencies: market penetration rate, 2006

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 85


Figure 44 Evolution in agency work penetration rate (daily FTE as % of total employment), 1996-2006

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

Figure 45 Growth of temporary agency workers industry, 1996-2006

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

86 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 46 Private employment agencies: breakdown of activities, 2005 (estimates for 5 member states)

100% 0,1% 0,0%


10,0% 7,0%
14,0%

80%

60%
99,9% 100,0%
90,0% 93,0%
86,0%
40%

20%

0%
UK NL DE FR ES

TAW HR additional services

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

Figure 47 Private employment agencies: level of industry consolidation, 2005

100%
Others
90% Rands tad Others
Sy nergie
Others
80% USG People Oly mpia Others
Crit AB

70%
Others
V edior
60% Others
Rands tad Rands tad
Rands tad
50%
Manpow er
40% V edior
USG People A uto V is ion
ZA
TujaG
30% Manpow er Hay s
USG People Pers ona Serv ic e

20% V edior MPS


Rands tad
A dec c o Hay s
V edior A dec c o V edior
Manpow er V edior
10% Manpow er
A dec c o Manpow er
A dec c o A dec c o A dec c o
0%
FR NL BE ES DE UK
Sh ar e o f 83 74 69 59 31 20
T o p 5 (%)

C o n ce n tr ate d m ar k e t d o m in ate d b y lar g e Fr ag m e n te d V e r y fr ag m e n te d


g lo b al p laye r s m ar k e t w ith m ar k e t
lo cal p laye r s

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 87


Figure 48 Private employment agencies: breakdown of number of companies by company size (number of employees),
2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
FR DE AT LI EE LV SK PT SI NL FI LU DK NO HU ES CY RO SE IT GR PL EU*
1 empl 7.2 12.1 14.5 15.6 16.6 16.8 18.2 29.0 30.1 34.9 38.2 42.7 43.6 44.2 48.4 52.6 53.8 54.5 56.1 62.4 87.7 93.7 60.7
2-9 empl 34.1 19.8 33.3 63.9 53.3 60.8 27.3 18.6 41.9 41.2 26.2 19.1 18.0 26.1 22.4 22.8 46.2 38.2 27.3 28.4 10.5 5.8 19.7
10-19 empl 10.5 9.0 10.9 12.2 12.4 5.6 18.2 7.7 8.6 10.5 9.1 1.1 7.5 9.8 7.9 7.4 0.0 3.0 6.0 2.5 0.7 0.2 4.8
20-49 empl 18.3 19.7 20.1 4.1 11.2 12.6 14.1 13.3 6.5 6.9 15.6 1.1 11.1 8.4 8.4 5.6 0.0 1.4 5.4 1.7 0.5 0.1 5.8
50-249 empl 26.5 32.9 17.2 5.3 3.5 20.3 8.6 5.1 8.5 20.2 14.9 8.4 7.7 0.0 2.0 4.3 1.2 0.1 7.2
250 or more 3.4 6.5 4.0 4.1 1.2 0.7 22.2 11.1 4.3 1.5 2.4 15.7 4.8 3.0 12.9 4.0 0.0 0.9 0.9 3.8 0.7 0.1 1.8

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 49 Private employment agencies: breakdown of turnover by company size (number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
FR IT PT ES DE AT NO SE NL FI HU SI EE RO LI SK GR PL EU*
1 empl 0.4 1.3 0.3 0.7 0.3 0.5 2.2 3.8 3.9 1.7 7.5 4.7 1.6 3.4 0.4 8.3 29.3 63.0 2.4
2-9 empl 1.4 2.8 1.6 3.8 2.3 3.6 4.6 8.5 9.7 5.8 8.0 18.2 16.5 25.1 26.7 22.8 32.8 11.7 4.2
10-19 empl 1.1 1.5 1.7 1.9 3.0 2.6 5.0 5.1 6.0 6.8 7.3 6.0 9.2 1.0 15.4 20.9 3.2 1.8 2.9
20-49 empl 4.1 1.8 6.5 5.3 7.5 11.6 10.0 8.9 8.6 14.3 12.1 9.8 19.3 18.4 13.3 7.8 3.7 2.2 6.3
50-249 empl 16.7 2.1 20.7 12.5 38.0 28.9 21.2 20.6 16.0 23.4 21.4 19.1 2.9 19.4
250 or more 76.3 90.4 69.1 75.7 49.0 52.8 57.0 53.0 55.8 48.0 65.1 39.9 53.3 33.1 44.2 40.2 30.9 18.4 64.7

Source: Eurostat SBS

88 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 50 Private employment agencies: breakdown of employment by company size (number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
IT ES PT FR DE NO AT SE NL RO FI EE PL LV EU*
1 empl 0.4 0.6 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.6 0.2 4.5 1.8 4.8 1.1 0.8 41.6 1.2 1.7
2-9 empl 0.6 1.0 0.6 0.8 0.8 2.9 1.9 5.1 9.6 11.8 3.9 10.1 7.7 25.2 2.9
10-19 empl 0.2 1.1 0.8 0.8 1.4 3.5 2.4 4.0 5.6 3.6 4.1 7.5 1.1 5.5 2.0
20-49 empl 0.3 2.1 3.2 3.2 6.5 6.6 10.3 8.4 5.6 3.5 16.7 16.6 1.5 26.9 4.5
50-249 empl 1.0 10.4 16.8 16.5 38.9 18.7 29.3 21.5 14.6 20.5 25.3 4.2 23.2 18.4
250 or more 97.4 84.8 78.4 78.6 52.3 67.8 55.8 56.5 62.8 55.8 48.9 64.9 43.8 18.0 70.5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 51 Private employment agencies: share of personnel costs in value of production, 2005 (%)

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
PL SK LV NL UK BG CY RO LT GR SI IE EE DE HU SE NO DK FI AT PT IT BE ES FR LU EU*
Share of personnel costs in production 23 29 36 37 46 50 50 50 51 55 56 56 69 73 73 74 74 74 75 78 82 82 84 86 86 95 63

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 89


Figure 52 Private employment agencies: share of personnel and other costs in turnover, 2005 (%)

95%

75%

55%

35%

15%

-5%
LU FR ES BE IT PT FI DK NO SE DE EE HU SI RO CY BG LT UK GR NL LV IE SK PL
Gross operating surplus -2 2 5 5 1 3 9 6 5 0 12 5 6 5 15 24 6 10 27 1 7 15 10 29 25
Personnel costs 94 87 86 84 84 82 75 75 74 73 70 69 59 56 50 50 50 49 46 43 36 36 33 29 23
Purchase of goods and services (not for resale) 7 8 9 11 15 16 17 20 21 27 13 19 16 27 33 26 46 42 26 21 20 41 16 42 34
Purchases of goods and services (for resale) 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4 0 20 0 1 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 41 1 1
Other 0 3 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 7 0 12 1 0 -3 -3 0 36 37 7 0 0 17

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 53 Private employment agencies: turnover per person employed (€ thousand), 2005

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
BG RO LV PT SK HU LT LU EE PL ES DK IT SI DE CY BE NL SE GR FR FI AT UK NO IE EU*
Turnover per worker 5 6 10 12 13 13 14 15 16 16 16 18 22 24 27 28 32 33 35 36 37 37 40 49 50 95 33.9

Source: Eurostat SBS

90 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 54 Private employment agencies: gross value added per person employed (apparent labour productivity) (€
thousand), 2005

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

0
BG RO LV SK PL LT HU PT EE LU NL SI ES DK GR IT CY DE SE BE FI FR AT UK NO IE EU*
V.A. per worker 3 4 5 7 8 8 9 10 12 14 14 14 15 15 16 19 20 23 26 28 31 33 33 36 39 41 25.7

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 55 Private employment agencies: wage adjusted labour productivity (apparent labour productivity by average
personnel costs (%), 2005

250

200

150

100

50

0
GR SE LU IT FR PT BG ES BE NO EE AT HU DK SI FI DE LT NL IE RO CY LV PL UK SK EU*
Adj. Lab. Prod 54 78 98 101 103 103 104 105 105 106 107 107 107 107 108 110 115 117 122 126 128 135 139 143 156 198 120

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 91


Figure 56 Private employment agencies: share of part-time employment in total employment, 2005

70,00%
59,87%
60,00%

50,00%

40,00%

30,00%
19,32%
20,00% 16,61%

10,00%
1,76% 1,11%
0,00%
DK SE ES RO SI

Source: Eurostat BS 2005

Figure 57 Private employment agencies: turnover per person employed by company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

140.0

120.0

100.0

80.0

60.0

40.0

20.0

0.0
RO PL PT ES IT DE NL SE FR FI AT NO EU*
2-49 empl 13.4 24.7 25.3 43.2 115.8 40.0 38.6 44.9 50.0 40.2 48.3 75.7 41.5
50-249 empl 5.3 10.9 14.5 19.6 44.3 26.6 35.9 33.4 37.3 34.3 39.2 56.7 30.7
250 or more 3.4 6.8 10.3 14.6 20.4 25.5 29.2 32.8 35.7 36.4 37.5 42.0 26.7

Source: Eurostat SBS

92 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 58 Private employment agencies: value-added per person employed by company size (€ thousand), 2005

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0
RO PL PT NL ES IT DE SE FI FR AT NO EU*
2-49 empl 7.7 10.5 14.7 18.1 30.0 50.2 29.6 26.6 31.3 38.9 37.7 51.7 25.4
50-249 empl 4.0 7.5 12.4 17.3 17.1 30.4 22.9 26.5 29.1 32.3 32.6 47.3 24.4
250 or more 2.5 6.3 9.2 11.7 13.7 18.1 21.1 26.0 32.1 32.3 31.9 34.8 21.5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 59 Private employment agencies: preferred flexibility solutions to face demand peaks in Belgium

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 93


Figure 60 Key reasons for companies to call on TAW in The Netherlands and UK, 2005

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

Figure 61 Private employment agencies: demand structure for TAW (2005)

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

94 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 62 Private employment agencies: penetration rate by company size for different countries, 2005 (%)

Source: Eurociett report (2007)

Figure 63 Location of the main external personnel related services provider, 2003 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
DK DE LV SI FI

Same region Other region, same country International

Source: Eurostat

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 95


Figure 64 Private employment agencies: TAW skills requirements

Source: Eurociett report

96 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


5 Engineering and technical consulting services

5.1 Sector overview

The technical consulting sector mainly covers engineering consulting services and
architectural services. In this sector review, while we will focus on the engineering
consulting services, it is important to note at the outset that, for statistical analysis, most
of the available data aggregates these services alongside architectural services and
technical testing and analysis.

As described in Koch (2004)75, consulting engineering companies’ core competencies


comprise multidisciplinary engineering, project management, construction management,
structural engineering, electrical, mechanical, environmental and energy engineering. In
addition, technical consultants also perform various other functions. These include, for
example, advising on the identification of projects, scheduling, feasibility studies,
financing and execution of projects and other technical works. In addition, project and
construction management, executing and monitoring the design and construction,
procuring contractors and suppliers, administering contracts, assisting the client in
acceptance of the works and recruitment of staff are activities performed by technical
consultants76.

Examples of projects involving technical consulting services include: construction of


buildings, infrastructure projects (ports, airports, roads, tunnels, water and sanitation
lines), industrial plants, environmental protection projects (water treatment, pollution
control), natural resource related projects (mining, oil winning) and planning (urban,
transport). According to the European Federation of Engineering Consultancy
Associations (EFCA), the distribution of turnover by market segments varies greatly
between countries, but buildings, manufacturing, energy and environment are generally
found amongst the most important market segments.

The sector is very client-driven and during the last 10 years the clients have started to call
for larger range of services for the projects, including often e.g. the whole project
management process of a large infrastructure project, which includes in addition to the
technical consulting parts, some financial, legal, HRM and accounting services. Social
and environmental issues have received more attention lately as well leading to a need to
include also experts of these sectors in projects.

75
Koch, Christian (2004), The Tyranny of Projects: Team working, knowledge production and management in Consulting
engineering, Economic and Industrial Democracy 2004; 25;277
76
EFCA (1995), “In-house engineering consultancy within the public sector”, White book, European Federation of Engineering
Consultancy Associations (EFCA)

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 97


5.1.1 Statistical overview (Architectural and engineering activities and related technical
consultancy; technical testing and analysis)

It is difficult to obtain detailed and disaggregated statistics on engineering and technical


consulting services. Available Eurostat statistics combine the engineering and
architectural services (NACE code 74.2) with technical testing and analysis (NACE code
74.3). Hence, the statistics described in this sector cover a broader range of services than
engineering and technical consulting services alone. According to industry sources
(EFCA), there are estimated to be approximately 3.5 million engineers in Europe, of
whom around 1 million are estimated to be active in the engineering and technical
consulting sector.

Eurostat estimates for 2005, which cover 26 countries, indicated total turnover of € 248
billion, 1,758 thousand companies and 2.6 million workers (see Figure 65 to Figure 67).
To a large extent, the relative size of the sector, in terms of turnover and employment
numbers, corresponds to the relative economic importance of countries, with the UK,
France, Germany and Italy having the highest turnover and employment in the technical
engineering and architectural sectors in Europe. On the basis of calculations using
Eurostat data, the sector accounted for approximately 1.2% of total turnover, and 2.1% of
total employment in the non-financial and non-utility business economy (NFNUBE)77 of
the EU in 2005 (see Figure 68 and Figure 69).

The firm structure of the sector is characterised by a prevalence of small companies.


Eurostat data that indicate that three-quarters of companies in the sector have only 1
employee, and a further 20% of companies have between 2 to 9 employees (see Figure
70); in this respect, Italy stands out among the larger EU Member States as having a very
large number (and proportion) of micro-firms in the sector. Although these smaller
companies account for a less than proportionate share of turnover (and total employment),
it remains the case that they nonetheless account for over half of total employment and
two-fifths of total turnover in the sector (see Figure 71 and Figure 72). By and large, the
market structure of the sector appears to be relatively unconsolidated in terms of the
shares of larger companies in total turnover and employment. Among larger EU Member
States this apparent lack of consolidation is particularly evident in countries such as Italy,
Germany, Spain and Belgium. By contrast, there appear to be greater levels of
consolidation in the Scandinavian countries, France and the Netherlands78.

The pattern of industry concentration described above, is also evident in terms of the
‘nationality’ of the leading engineering consulting companies in Europe, with France, the
United Kingdom, the Netherlands and the Nordic countries have most of the leading
companies in the sector (Table 12). One inference that may be drawn from these findings
is that market conditions (e.g. various regulative barriers (such as limitations on who can
work in the market) in countries such as Germany, Italy and Spain may not be optimal for
creating strong, globally competitive consolidated companies.

77
Defined as NACE Sections C, D, F to I and K. More normally the non-financial business economy (NACE Sections C to I
and K) is utilised as a reference, but as data on the ‘utilities sector’ (NACE Section E) is missing for some countries the
definition ‘non-financial and non-utility business economy’ has been used.
78
Data by company size are not available for the UK.

98 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 12 Top 15 architectural and engineering consulting companies in Europe

No Company Country Turnover, 2006, Ave. number of


€ million employees, 2006
1 Altran technologies France 1495,4 16605
2 WS Atkins plc England 2418,6 15865
3 Arcadis Group Netherlands 1233 9685
4 Fugro N.V. Netherlands 1434,3 9262
5 Mott MacDonald Group England 902,8 9205
6 Assystem Group S.A France 642,1 8521
7 Alten Group France 576,3 7620
8 Mouchel Group England 661,7 7065
9 ARUP Group England 700,7 6825
10 WSP Group plc England 659,2 6355
11 Pöyry Group Finland 623,6 6038
12 Ramboll Group Denmark 529 4905
13 Halcrow Group ltd England 484,6 4813
14 Segula Technologies Engineering Group France 356 4800
15 Scott Wilson Ltd plc England 385 4482
Source:

Consolidation of the sector has been a trend for around 10 to 15 years. There are very
large, global companies, which provide their clients with multidisciplinary services −
where technical solutions per se can represent often only a small fraction of the services
offered. However, in total number, SMEs still form the largest proportion of companies,
together with independent experts (self-employed), although their number has been
decreasing in recent years and many small companies have become niche players or
perform only certain technical consulting activities. These include, for example, small
technical consulting companies specialised in serving some specific manufacturing
sectors − such as automobile or aerospace sector. The smaller players in the sector are
often more localised, while larger companies undertake projects both at home and abroad.

5.2 Competitiveness analysis

5.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions

The technical consulting sector is a high skilled labour-intensive sector, with relatively
high wage levels. Unsurprisingly, a large proportion of those employed in these sectors
are engineers, but the range of different types of engineer is wide − including e.g. nuclear
engineers, environmental engineers, construction engineers, etc. This wide diversity is
also reflected in the range of engineering training, with a study by FEANI79 indicating
that there are around 10 000 different curricula for engineers in Europe. Even though
engineering knowledge forms the bedrock of the skills requirements for the sector, the
widening scope of services requested from technical consulting firms means that other

79
Fédération Européenne d’Associations Nationales d’Ingénieurs

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 99


professionals are increasingly hired in the sector including, for example, lawyers and
financial managers.

5.2.2 Apparent labour productivity

According to Eurostat data, personnel costs represent around 30 percent of total


production in the architectural, engineering and technical services sector (see Figure 73).
It may be necessary to treat this figure with some caution, however, due to the prevalence
of micro-enterprises in the sector80 and it would appear from a brief review of annual
reports of some major technical consulting companies that personnel costs form a
significantly higher share of overall costs/production. In addition to the labour costs,
acquisition of new technology and maintaining of existing technology are found to be
important cost components.

The average turnover per person employed in the sector in Europe was around €96.3
thousand in 2005 (see Figure 74) and the value-added per person employed amounted to
€48.2 thousand (see Figure 75). Large differences exist between the EU Member States,
with average turnover per person employed ranging from only €18 thousand in Romania
and Bulgaria to €162 thousand Denmark, and value-added per person employed ranging
from €5 thousand in Bulgaria to €72 thousand in the United Kingdom. It is clear that the
wide differences in wage levels across the EU-27 have a large impact on these
differences. However, even when adjusting apparent labour productivity for wage
differences, a significant variation across countries remains (see Figure 76)81. Again (see
Section 2.2.1) we can see that by and large apparent labour productivity is relatively low
in those countries with relatively high proportion of micro-companies in the sector (e.g.
Belgium, Italy, Greece), while it is relatively high in many of the new Member States and
notable, among older Member States, in the UK and Ireland.

5.2.3 Productivity enhancement

Most of the productivity enhancements in the sector take place through new technological
and organisational innovations and improvements. As a knowledge intensive service
sector, the effectiveness and efficiency of the technical consultants is mostly related to
how fast, with what kind of budget and with how good quality (including the actual level
of their technical advices and the satisfaction of the clients) they can offer their
knowledge services to the clients. Typical innovations in the sector that improve the
actual effectiveness of the services include e.g. new software products used to manage
projects and clients more efficiently, new database systems improving data transfers
between the consultants and the clients and new organisational innovations for knowledge
management82. These technological and organisational innovations in the sector can be
acquired via two main routes: through external acquisition of new technology (or ideas)

80
To some extent the low share of personnel costs in countries with a high proportion of micro enterprises may reflect the fact
that remuneration to the ‘owner’/entrepreneur is included under operating surplus rather than personnel costs.
81
Apparent labour productivity is estimated by the ratio (%) of value-added per employee to average personnel costs per
employee. Under normal circumstances this ratio should exceed 100%, since average value added (which includes
personnel costs) should be greater than average personnel costs. The greater the ratio (in excess of 100) then
proportionally the greater the value added per employee created in addition to the cost of their labour.
82
Ojanen, Salmi & Torkkeli (2007), Innovation patterns in KIBS organisations: A case study of Finnish technical engineering
industry, 40th Hawaii International conference of system sciences.

100 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


or through internal innovations and ideas. Due to the importance of internal innovations
and knowledge in production enhancement, knowledge management has received plenty
of attention in the recent technical consulting literature and it has been found to be an
important source of productivity enhancements (see also Section 5.3.2).

Outsourcing and off-shoring of activities have also been increasingly used in the sector
due to the productivity and efficiency improvements they bring. Outsourcing and off-
shoring take place especially in large projects; where small parts of the projects can be
done more efficiently or with lower cost. Efficiency reasons are often used to outsource
the tasks to a more specialised company/expert. At the same time, efficiency and cost
reasons have been increasing e.g. the use of Indian companies and experts for more
routine tasks (such as e.g. designing).

5.2.4 Demand side conditions

Technical engineering consultancy services are provided to a large variety of sectors


including, for example, construction, transport, telecommunications, nuclear, etc. In
general, it could be said that demand for engineering consulting services is found in
nearly every sector. However, the bulk of the work is related in some form to
infrastructure projects (water, sanitation, transport etc.) and hence closely related to the
construction sector. Demand from both industry and public sector goes up and down in
line with general economic cycles, which can leave companies - in particular smaller ones
- rather exposed to economic downturns. In a European context, the rather synchronised
patter of cycles means that the scope to offset cyclical demand slumps through intra-EU
international activities is limited. Meanwhile, looking further a field often requires
maintaining close proximity to clients and shifting personnel abroad.

The relative importance of public and private markets depends varies across countries in
Europe with large variation between the Member States. In some countries the public
sector makes extensive use of technical consulting services (e.g. in Denmark) including
also service such as the provision of ex-ante project recommendations. At the same time,
in some other EU countries the public sector relies more on its own internal resources (i.e.
they have often their own engineering departments). This causes large differences in the
overall demand for the services of the sector and thus affects partially also the
development of the sector in different countries. With regard to public-private-partnership
projects, there is quite some discussion as to the real opportunities that they offer and
often they are described as being not financially very interesting. In particular, selection
of providers for the public sector is seen to be rather time consuming and complicated,
with variation existing between the national procurement procedures across Member
States and a perception that public markets are not always in practise completely open for
foreign bidders.

Provider-client relations are largely trust based and the whole sector is very client driven.
The relations are often deep and the clients will often select a ‘safe-option’ known
provider with whom they have made business already. Private customers have been found
to select new providers of technical consulting services based often on the reputation of
the company, their networks and current customers and finally even to personal contact
with the consultant team (clients frequently want to see the team in advance to judge how

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 101


well they can work with them). In terms of client satisfaction with the technical services
provided, it is found that the professionalism of the technical consultants (quality and
reliability of the staff, communication skills and courtesy) is one of the most important
factors for client satisfaction. In addition, availability of support to the client
(‘accessibility’ by the client and enthusiasm in surmounting problems) is also a critical
factor. Overall, it can be concluded that professionalism and delivering faultless service
to the client in the first place are much more valued by the clients than reactive measures
taken to remedy draw-backs subsequent to their occurrence. At the same time, the clients
were found to be willing to pay extra if they were happy with the quality of the services
and the consultants83.

One recent trend in the industrial demand segment for engineering consulting services is
for manufacturing companies to (pre-) select only few technical engineering companies as
preferred partners. Recently e.g. a large industrial provider selected 25 companies as their
future providers. These 25 companies included mainly relatively large companies and,
among others, 3 Indian companies.

5.2.5 Competition and business strategies

The sector is characterised by rather fierce competition and large number of small
companies competing against each other. The recent trend from clients is to demand the
“one-stop-shop” type of services, which may also include the transfer of legal liability to
the service provider. According to Ojanen et al (2007) 84, increased outsourcing activities
by major clients have resulted in even larger assignments and contracts, which often only
bigger engineering firms can handle. This again has made the position of small
companies even tighter and made it more difficult for small companies to grow larger.
However, the larger companies managing the project regularly outsource parts of the
projects to smaller (niche) players. In general, outsourcing in the technical consulting
sector has become more visible lately and often the labour intensive parts of the work are
outsourced or off-shored; for example using Indian engineers for drawing up detailed
designs. Thus, intra-industry outsourcing is rather common and most companies are
estimated to outsource even a rather large share of their business to other technical
consulting companies according to some sector experts.

This trend has been accompanied by the consolidations in the sector and decrease in the
number of middle sized companies. If these trends continue, this could lead to further
segmentation in to large companies and small niche players in the sector. However, the
main reasons for the many recent mergers and acquisitions in the technical consulting
sector have been found to include (in order of importance): acquisition as a way to
penetrate new service/client markets, penetration to new geographic areas, increase in
market share and acceleration of company growth85.

83
Tang, Lu & Chan (2003), Achieving client satisfaction for engineering consulting firms, Journal of management in
engineering, October 2003
84
Ojanen, Salmi & Torkkeli (2007), “Innovation patterns in KIBS organisations : A case study of Finnish technical engineering
industry”, 40th Hawaii International conference of system sciences
85
Kreitl, G. & Oberndorfer, W. (2004), “Motives for acquisition among engineering consulting firms”, Construction
Management and Economics (September 2004) 22, 691-700

102 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


In general, networking, managing of client relations and, consequently, human relations
are vital to remain competitive. Competitive advantage is often achieved in the local
markets based on clear insights into market conditions and requirements and based on
established networks − trust issues and good relationship to customers are possibly even
the most important competitiveness factors. Similarly, knowledge management, HRM
and project management have become important aspects of business strategies and
competition factors. For example, according to Arias-Aranda (2003) 86, flexibility in the
technical consulting operations has a strong positive influence on the efficiency
performance measures and a slightly lower, but also positive, effect on customer
satisfaction. At the same time, conversely, increased flexibility has negative financial
consequences for the technical consulting companies. The often high complexity of the
technical engineering projects is again also resulting in high uncertainty and
equivocality87 in the sector. 88

5.2.6 Internationalisation

According to Ojanen et al (2007) 89, internationalisation in the sector has been going
through two main channels: client following and market seeking. In addition, labour
supply problems in Europe have been driving companies to set-up subsidiaries abroad
(e.g. India), which has a relatively more abundant supply of engineers. However, despite
the wide use of ICT, proximity with the client is still important in the sector and mostly
the service providers and the clients are located in the same region or at least in the same
country (see also Figure 79). Indeed, the bulk of international supply of architectural and
engineering services still takes place through commercial presence or presence of natural
persons. Due to the need for proximity, larger companies have started to establish local
units to serve the clients and also foreign companies have entered the market – including,
again, especially some Indian ones. However, it should be noted that foreign companies
pose a competition threat only if they establish local units.

Internationalisation within Europe has been more evident than companies seeking
markets outside Europe, which is seen mainly as a reflection of market access issues and
need for FDI operations in order to reach faraway markets. However, it is still common to
for service providers to serve foreign operations of existing clients that are already
familiar (from the home market) with their services. Especially the bigger technical
consulting companies have offices in a large number of countries world-wide. Overall,
there are four European companies among the world top 10 of technical consulting
companies with Altran Technologies from France holding the third place. Most other
companies in the top 10 of world are from the United States and one from Canada. As
yet, no company from any of the often cheaper, developing countries has been able to
reach the world top 10. The competitiveness of these foreign companies (e.g. Indian)
seems to differ also depending of the specific service area inside the sector; they have
good competitiveness in areas such as design work, but have less access to the technical

86
Daniel Arias Aranda (2003), “Service operation strategy, flexibility and performance in engineering consulting firms”,
International Journal of Operations & Production Management, Vol 23. No .11, pp.1401-1421
87
"Equivocality" refers to the existence of multiple and conflicting interpretations of issues in the work of technical consultants.
88
Chang & Chiu (2005), “Nature of engineering consulting projects”, Journal of Management in Engineering, October 2005
89
Ojanen, Salmi & Torkkeli (2007), Innovation patterns in KIBS organisations: A case study of Finnish technical engineering
industry, Proceedings of the 40th annual Hawaii International conference on system sciences

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 103


project management segment. However, intra-industry outsourcing of work to foreign
companies is increasing. In addition, it is also observed that cross-border trade in
architectural and engineering services tends to rise along with the complexity and
specialisation of the service involved90.

5.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions

The purpose of this sector is to identify and prioritise the key issues facing the sector both
in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions between the sector
and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). The analysis is based
around a screening of the sector in relation to the main regulatory and framework
conditions91. The overall assessment is summarised in Table 13.

5.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards

Labour standards and regulations


European national labour standards and regulations shape the sector most with respect to
regulations affecting wages, employment conditions (especially conditions of firing and
overtime payments) and social payments, such as pension and social security payments,
since these affect directly the costs of companies. The level of regulations varies
significantly but, due to the need to be close to the customers, the level of labour
regulations is hardly a reason for companies to relocate to other countries.

Client sector standards and regulations


Standards and regulations of the (manufacturing) client sectors affect the technical
consulting sector as well. In every project all the regulations related to the sector or issue
in hand need to be taken in to consideration, but they don’t usually cause lot of extra costs
for the consultants, but more for the project implementation. The standards and
regulations to be taken in to consideration depend naturally of the project and country.
However, changes such as new environmental standards, for example, mean that there is
often a need to include specific environmental experts on the projects. Other examples of
client specific standards that affect the technical consulting sector include, for example,
nuclear safety standards and aerospace standards.

Sector-level standards and regulations


The extent of more technical consulting sector specific regulation varies considerably
across countries; for example, the sector is very heavily regulated in Germany, Austria,
Italy and Spain. Most of the national regulations place limits on who is allowed to
provide technical consulting services (e.g. what degree a person offering the services
must have or needed years of experience) and what type of projects a person/company
with specific characteristics can supply92. Such regulations provide ‘barriers to entry’ and
so there is considerable reluctance from incumbent suppliers to remove regulations that
protect their markets. In addition, for example, in France it is prohibited to sell technical

90
WTO (1998), Council for Trade in Services - Architectural and Engineering Services - Background Note by the Secretariat
91
This analysis is in accordance with the general framework for assessment of regulatory and framework conditions agreed
as part of the Framework Contract of Sectoral Competitiveness Studies.
92
For example, in Austria, civil engineers cannot provide certain types of PPP services.

104 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


consulting services by hours − all contracts need to be “lump-sum” contracts without
hour specifications. More generally, the very large deviations in the regulations would
cause it to be extremely hard to make EU wide regulations in the sector93.

Naturally, these types of regulations affecting the sector can have contradictory effects on
the profitability of companies and in the structure of the market. According to some
sector experts, it has been found that the number of regulations in the sector correlates
negatively with profitability of the technical consulting sector. This is also evident in the
relatively low competitiveness levels and larger number of companies in Germany and
Italy, which have heavy regulations for the sector compared to their neighbour countries
with higher competitiveness levels and lower number of regulations. On the other hand,
most regulations are posed for the common good or safety in the sector, and their costs
should be weighted against their benefits nearly on a case-by-case manner.

5.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions

Knowledge and innovation


Knowledge and innovations form one of the most important competitiveness factors of
the sector − in addition to their management. The whole nature of the sector is based on
constant innovations and founding new solutions in nearly every project. Most of the
projects require specific and new technical, financial, legal and organisational solutions94.
Hence, it is via these innovations that most of the value added to the customer is created
and, in order to stay competitive, companies in the sector have to maintain their
innovativeness and knowledge management at high levels. In addition, the technical
consulting sector has to find solutions to even global problems, such as how to create
more environmentally friendly technologies and how to find alternatives to oil. In the
technical consulting sector, similar to other KIBS sectors, knowledge management is
found to be equally important if not even more important than accumulating knowledge95.
Yet, in a study on the (service) innovations in the technical engineering industry in
Finland, it was found that most innovations still occur as client-led innovations and
innovations through services. Typical examples of innovations are related to new
organisational models and networks, which help working with the client, and technology-
based innovations, such as new software and new technical solutions96.

Overall, even though the potential for innovations is mostly high, more resources are
often needed. These include first of all, more support in company level for innovations,
but secondly, also more financial support from public authorities (e.g. national and local
governments). Currently, innovations are concentrated on the large market players. The
clients can be hesitant towards changes − they just want things to work − and hence for
smaller companies it can be too costly to try to innovate heavily in client projects (unless

93
There was an attempt in 1989 at a possible European Directive on Engineering but there was no agreement; interests at
national level were too different to reach a consensus.
94
Syntec-Ingénierie (2008), Livre blanc: L’ingénierie et l’innovation, Mai 2008, Editions Syntec-Ingénierie
95
Mezher, Abdul-malak, Ghosn & Ajam (2005), Knowledge management in mechanical and industrial engineering consulting;
a case study, Journal of management in engineering, July 2005
96
Ojanen, Salmi & Torkkeli (2007), Innovation patterns in KIBS organisations : A case study of Finnish technical engineering
industry, 40th Hawaii International conference of system sciences

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 105


this is required) and, on the other side, trying to engage in ‘independent’ innovate on their
own can be even more risky and financially too burdening.

Labour force and skills


There is a global lack of engineers and competition to recruit engineers (between the
different sectors that employ them) is considerable. A large number of different type of
sectors hire engineers − including, for example sectors such as management consulting
services, which often pay better salaries, industry and public sector − and the technical
consulting services sector has to compete against them. Under these conditions, young
professionals can also be very tough on negotiations.

On the other hand, as Koch (2004)97 describes, engineers working in technical consulting
sector need more than just technical skills; especially team working, management,
communication and language skills are nearly equally important as actual technical
knowledge due to the nature of the business. As the sector is characterised by highly
innovative projects, most work is based on innovative team work. In addition, the actual
projects can be difficult; including large changes in short time, only partial need for full
staffing and high use of IT. Naturally, this poses high pressure on the project, knowledge
and HRM management. At the same time, the high pressure nature and multi-talent
demands can make it even more difficult to find new consultants. In this context, policy
actions on the educational sector would be needed for two purposes:
1. To attract more young people to the engineering studies; and
2. To teach more communication, team working and project working skills already
during the studies.

Market access
Architectural services are traded internationally, mainly through the establishment of
commercial presence by the foreign supplier in the host country, and usually involve
temporary movements of skilled personnel98. Hence, most of the market access issues in
the sector are related to these activities. In general, the market barriers are slightly lower
in the technical consulting sector than e.g. in architectural services, though the barriers
are very similar. In addition, barriers in these sectors are significantly lower than in many
other KIBS sectors (such as legal or accounting services). The actual level of market
access constrains varies by country and there are significant differences in the barrier
levels.
The main market access barriers are concentrated around the following issues according
to the WTO99:
• Main qualifications or licensing requirements (e.g. requirements on the type of
education required or number of years of experience);
• Restrictions on the form and establishment of commercial presence (e.g. only natural
persons or partnerships are allowed, often in joint operation or joint venture with local
professionals);
• Local presence requirements (a frequently sited barrier);

97
Koch, Christian (2004), The Tyranny of Projects: Team working, knowledge production and management in Consulting
engineering, Economic and Industrial Democracy 2004; 25;277.
98
WTO (2007), Council for Trade in Services - Special Session - Communication from Australia - Negotiating Proposal for
Architectural Services, 10/10/2007.
99
WTO (1998), Council for Trade in Services - Architectural and Engineering Services - Background Note by the Secretariat.

106 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


• For natural persons, citizenship or residency requirements, economic needs tests and
unduly, onerous and/or non-transparent temporary visa procedures;
• Requirements to use local services or to employ local professionals;
• Regulations on access to the profession or the professional title and compulsory
membership of professional associations (though more common for architects than
engineers) ;
• Limitations on the scope of activities (e.g. certain architectural services, such as
"requests for construction permits" and "technical control of certification" are
frequently reserved to architects or special categories of architects, while "design and
planning" and "obtaining permits" are often reserved to specific practitioners in
engineering services); and
• Restrictive government procurement practises (e.g. requirements for in-house
provisions of architectural and engineering services).

In addition, e.g. the Australian authorities have complained about the following issues in
the sector:
• Restrictions on repatriation of profits;
• Discriminatory taxation practices;
• Limited or no recognition of foreign qualifications; and
• Non-transparent regulatory environments.

Despite the rather low trade barriers inside the EU, many of the barriers listed above are
still also concerns in intra-EU trade; these include especially requirements on the main
qualifications and limitations on the scope of activities. It should be also noted that, as
majority of the people working in the sector are self-employed experts or work in small
companies, cultural and regional impediments (e.g. unfamiliarity with foreign markets
and lack of training in international matters) can cause large barriers as well. Similarly,
even when countries recognize or acknowledge foreign qualifications or licenses, case-
by-case judgements may be applied, which can give rise to uncertainty and be time-
consuming. In general, market access issues are still causing competition barriers in the
sector, but their level especially in the technical consulting sector is already low
compared to many other KIBS sector.

Structural change
Structural changes in the manufacturing industry and further specialisations in the
operations done in-house has led to an increase – albeit small in some cases - in the
demand for the technical consulting services and, at the same time, opened doors even for
manufacturing companies that have developed technological solutions themselves (such
as aerospace and high-tech). If this trend continues, further increases in demand could be
expected. However, more demand for technical consulting services is to be expected to be
found in the developing countries, which are experiencing larger economic changes and
rapid development growth rates combined with need for new infrastructure, buildings and
other technological projects. At the same time, a small scale structural change is going on
in the technical consulting sector itself due to the larger project requirements from clients
and ongoing consolidation.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 107


Competition issues
As mentioned earlier, some competition barriers are caused by the sector specific
regulations limiting the entrance to the market. In addition, regulations posed on the
advantage of some of the sectors competing with technical consultants, such as architects
and construction contractor, can hinder the access of technical consultants to some market
segments. For example, in Belgium and France architects are basically in a monopoly
position in some sectors due to regulations on who is allowed to provide the services.
Otherwise, the large number of small companies in the sector and very limited
concentration level indicate a priori a low level of competition issues. Although it may be
the case that there is segmentation within the market-place and that competition may be
limited for some types of services or size-class segments.

5.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends

Technological change
New technology is found to be extremely important in the technical consulting sector,
first of all, for the shape of the business, but also for productivity effects. New technology
is even needed in order to complete the projects. Staying up to date with the technological
changes is hence important for staying competitive. At the same time, new technological
solutions can boost the competitiveness of the client industries of technical consultants
including, obviously, many manufacturing industries.

Haro-Dominguez et al (2007)100 conclude that, firstly, there is a positive relation between


the level of absorptive capacity of a company and external technological acquisition in
the technical engineering sector. Absorptive capacity is defined as company’s ability to
acquire, but also exploit and transform new information and technologies. On the other
hand, it is found in the same study that acquisition of new technologies affect productivity
and efficiency of technical consulting companies significantly. Obsolescence, misuse and
learning time cycles of new external technology affect performance directly as a
consequence of lower levels of operations flexibility. Hence the absorptive capacity of
companies is found to be an important competitiveness factor in the sector. In addition,
absorptive capacity affects the level of internal development of technology positively,
increasing hence the innovation capacities of the company.

Social and demographic change


The ageing population and decreasing labour force in Europe is likely to increase further
the problems with labour supply and finding suitable people and, as already has been
mentioned there is a European shortage of engineers. Despite a larger share of people in
the younger age classes pursuing higher education there seems to be problems attracting
young professionals to the technical areas. The number of highly educated migrants in
Europe is, again, increasing, which could ease the labour supply problems at least to a
limited extent.

100
Haro-Dominguez, Arias-Aranda, Lloréns-Montes and Moreno (2007), The impact of absorptive capacity on technological
acquisitions engineering consulting companies, Technovation (27) 2007 417-425

108 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Global competition
As described earlier, global competition in the sector is getting tougher and the
developing countries have a vast demand for technical consulting sector services. Some
foreign companies have already entered the European market, but the competitiveness of
European companies in global competition seems to be still rather high. The number of
actual global players is also still limited − though increasing. With the new ICT solution
the proximity requirements might decrease slightly, but given the high importance of
consultant-client relations on client satisfaction, some extent of proximity is still
expected. Due to the rather old history of the sector in Europe and long client-provider
relationships, it is still seen to be harder for foreign companies to enter the European
market than it is for European companies to enter some of the developing countries
markets with less competition (depending, naturally, on the market access possibilities).

5.4 Overview of potential policy issues

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise potential areas for European policy
initiatives both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). To begin
with, we examine the possible justifications for policy intervention, from an economic
standpoint. After this, the analysis is based around a screening of the sector in relation to
existing industrial policy initiatives and some specific themes relevant to the business
services sector; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 13.

5.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention

Social externalities
Through the technological solutions developed by technical consultants very large social
externalities are created by the sector. For example, cleaner technologies can help to
reduce environmental burdens globally. Often the highest social externalities are related
to new innovations, and hence provide a possible justification for innovation support
programs and financial support for innovation. Similarly, technical consulting sector is
often boosting the competitiveness of their client industries and contributing to their
development and employment.

Market power and competition


The market access limitations posed by the national sector regulations might require
policy interventions, but this would need a more throughout analysis of the specific
regulations causing the barriers and their positive effects as well. On the other hand,
earlier attempts to create EU wide regulations for the sector have not been very
successful. The large number of companies in the sector keeps also competition up.

Information asymmetries
Information asymmetries in the sector are caused, similarly to other service sectors, by
the lack of information distribution and communication caps between the clients and the
consultants. Firstly, the client industries of technical consulting sectors can have a hard
time estimating how well the company could actually do the project, especially if some
new technology innovations are needed. The clients can have also difficulties judging the
actual quality of services provided. Secondly, the clients do not provide always enough

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 109


project specifications for the consultants to judge what they want to be done and how,
which can make the creation of technical and financial proposals extremely difficult.
Changes in the project specifications are common in the sector and the client might ask
for a completely new design in the middle of the project due to earlier communication
difficulties. Hence, a need for standardisation and “educating of the client” in the sector is
acknowledged. Currently, EFCA is working together with CEN and AFNOR on a study
on the feasibility of standardisation in the field. In addition, use of “best practices”
especially in the client relations has been increasing.

5.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives

Table 14 provides an initial screening of the industrial cleaning sector against existing
and potential EU horizontal ‘industrial’ policy initiatives101, and a number of additional
possible services-related initiatives. This attempts to identify those policy initiatives that,
if introduced or extended, could be of most relevance for the industrial cleaning sector, in
particular in terms of raising performance (e.g. productivity improvements) and/or
creating opportunities for sector development.

101
Based on the Mid-term Review of Industrial Policy, COM(2007) 374.

110 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 13 Engineering and technical consulting: screening of framework conditions

Regulatory & ‘other’ framework conditions Relevance

Heading Item Issues Sector- Industry-


level service
interactions

National regulatory ƒ Restrictions on market access


„„ „„
measures ƒ Diverting labour and service regulations

EU regulatory ƒ E.g. environmental regulations cause extra


- „
measures staffing needs to projects

Regulatory Completion of internal ƒ Lack of access to other MS markets due to


conditions „„ -
market legislation regulatory differences

Industry and ƒ Diverting professional requirements


professional
„„ „
regulations and
standards
Knowledge: R&D, ƒ Need to support innovations and knowledge
innovation and management
„„ „„
product/service
development
Labour force, ƒ Lack of engineers
„„„ „„
‘Other’ knowledge and skills
framework Market access (trade ƒ Persisting issues in market access (though
„„ „
conditions and investment) varying between countries)

• Consolidation of the sector


Structural change „„ „
• Outsourcing in the sector

• Numerous regulations causing entry barriers


Competition policy
• Recent market trends have been forcing larger „„ „
issues
companies position

• New technology and innovations vital for the


Technological change „„„ „„
sector

Exogenous Social and • Demographic change might worsen labour


„ „
conditions demographic change supply

• Increasing global competition, where market


Global competition „ „
access limitations pose some barriers

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 111


Table 14 Engineering and technical consulting: screening of policy initiatives

EU policy areas Relevance


Heading Initiatives Sector issues
ƒ Market access difficulties remain e.g. due to
Trade policy „„
Trade regulatory differences

ƒ Variations in the sector specific standards cause


Proper functioning of the
entry barriers and deviation in competition positions „„
internal market

ƒ Public procurement markets across the EU not


totally open in practice
Public procurement „„
ƒ Large difference in public demand between Member
States

ƒ Competition barriers to be removed


Competition policy ƒ Level-playing field to be maintained along the „
Better
consolidation of the sector
regulation
Better regulation and ƒ Simplification of regulations related e.g. to
„„
simplification professional requirements and qualifications

Technical standards ƒ Harmonisation of technical standards „


ƒ Harmonisation of service sector standards (e.g.
Other standards billing regulations) and professional and qualification „„
standards

Health and safety -


Research and development ƒ R&D support „„

Intellectual property rights ƒ IPR rights important incentive for innovations „„

Innovation policy ƒ Support for innovations needed „„„


Knowledge ƒ Lack of engineers supply in Europe
and skills Employment, qualifications, ƒ Other skills than technical skills also important
„„„
skills / Flexicurity

Access to finance / risk capital • Lack of risk capital for innovations „

Energy and Waste, water, air -


environment Intensive energy use -

Structural Anticipation
Change Tertiarisation
Organisational and services
• Important innovation forms „„„
innovation
• Knowledge, project and client management most
Support for knowledge
important competition elements „„„
intensive business services
Services • Keeping up and creation of new technology

Measurement and recognition • Most valuable assets often intangible, related to e.g.
„„
of intangible assets project, client and knowledge management

Regional actions (demand and • Need for proximity creates problems with regional
„
supply matching) demand and supply matching

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

112 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 65 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: number of companies by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

0
IT ES DE FR UK GR PL PT SE HU NL BE AT RO NO FI DK BG IE SI LT SK LV EE LU CY
Companies 253,37 100,23 91,688 80,600 60,475 48,307 40,151 33,284 31,189 23,340 17,125 16,971 13,048 9,890 9,849 7,185 5,917 5,425 4,435 3,853 2,077 1,396 1,192 1,135 987 629

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 66 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: turnover by country, € million 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0
UK FR DE IT ES NL SE DK NO AT BE PL FI GR IE PT HU SI RO LU SK BG LT LV EE CY
Turnover 53,523 45,752 36,409 27,367 20,605 11,827 7,908 6,437 6,191 4,942 4,942 3,622 3,523 3,427 2,785 2,651 2,355 1,145 877 556 553 308 258 221 161 110

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 113


Figure 67 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: employment by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

450,000

400,000

350,000

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

0
DE UK IT FR ES NL PL SE PT GR RO AT HU BE DK NO FI IE BG SI LT SK LV EE LU CY
Employed 416,58 414,25 361,43 333,65 265,09 111,57 108,61 72,668 56,137 53,571 49,357 48,537 47,375 41,932 39,135 33,399 32,161 21,070 17,160 11,913 11,327 10,976 8,157 6,153 4,818 2,295

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 68 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy
turnover by country, 2005 (%)

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
SI DK UK FR SE NO GR FI NL HU ES IT AT DE LU IE PT SK LV PL BE LT RO EE BG EU*
Share of NFNUBE turnover 1.97 1.69 1.65 1.53 1.47 1.47 1.31 1.19 1.17 1.14 1.13 1.11 1.11 0.98 0.91 0.90 0.90 0.81 0.76 0.75 0.71 0.68 0.67 0.55 0.53 1.24

Source: Eurostat SBS

114 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 69 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy
employment by country, 2005 (%)

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
SE FI NO IT NL LU FR DK UK GR IE SI AT DE ES HU BE PT EE PL LV LT RO SK BG EU*
Share of NFNUBE emp 2.79 2.65 2.63 2.43 2.40 2.36 2.35 2.31 2.30 2.17 2.16 2.13 2.08 2.04 1.99 1.92 1.76 1.73 1.58 1.47 1.34 1.33 1.27 1.23 0.98 2.10

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 70 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: breakdown of number of companies by company size
(number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
SK LV EE CY AT DE IE LI RO NL BG SI FR LU DK FI NO ES PL SE HU BE IT PT GR EU*
1 empl 28.5 35.1 35.4 37.7 44.3 45.9 52.0 54.3 55.5 60.3 60.9 63.4 65.4 65.7 70.2 70.8 71.4 75.8 76.1 81.2 82.2 82.8 87.6 87.8 95.6 75.3
2-9 empl 50.7 44.9 51.7 56.0 49.4 46.1 42.0 34.5 38.2 31.5 34.3 31.0 28.9 25.3 21.6 22.7 23.0 21.4 21.8 16.0 15.7 14.7 11.8 10.6 3.9 21.4
10-19 empl 15.6 13.1 8.5 5.2 4.1 5.2 2.9 6.2 3.3 4.5 3.2 3.6 3.2 4.9 3.9 3.4 3.5 1.6 0.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.4 1.0 0.3 1.9
20-49 empl 3.0 5.5 3.3 0.0 1.7 2.0 1.7 3.6 1.7 2.4 1.0 1.6 1.7 2.9 2.7 2.0 1.5 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.6 1.0 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.9
50-249 empl 1.5 1.1 1.1 0.5 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.1 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.3 1.0 0.5 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3
250 or more 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 1.4 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.0 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 115


Figure 71 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: breakdown of turnover by company size (number of
employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
DK IE NL FI LU FR NO RO SE ES SK DE PL IT BE AT LI PT HU BG CY EE LV GR EU*
1 empl 9.6 6.9 9.4 10.4 10.4 16.2 11.6 6.8 16.9 20.0 9.8 8.5 25.8 28.7 22.2 8.3 5.7 18.6 24.2 15.4 12.6 8.0 5.9 67.2 16.8
2-9 empl 11.9 18.5 20.4 21.4 22.2 20.8 19.5 24.3 23.4 25.9 17.1 28.4 22.7 28.8 21.6 32.9 27.8 24.5 27.4 30.9 45.9 31.9 20.4 14.4 24.3
10-19 empl 8.6 7.0 11.2 10.0 11.4 8.9 13.6 17.7 10.8 8.2 25.8 13.9 6.6 6.2 7.6 14.5 18.5 13.3 12.3 22.7 23.0 22.5 32.6 5.8 10.2
20-49 empl 9.4 11.4 13.2 14.5 13.2 11.5 14.0 13.1 11.8 10.7 12.8 15.6 12.1 4.3 17.4 17.0 21.8 19.6 14.3 9.8 20.2 25.7 6.3 11.6
50-249 empl 21.0 43.1 16.1 25.3 16.2 18.1 19.3 15.3 14.5 18.6 19.4 7.0 24.9 13.4 15.8 18.7 18.5 17.4 15.4 15.6
250 or more 39.5 13.3 29.7 18.4 42.7 26.5 23.1 18.8 21.8 20.6 34.4 15.1 13.4 25.0 6.3 14.0 26.2 8.3 3.1 21.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.3 21.5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 72 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: breakdown of employment by company size (number of
employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
DK FI RO FR SE NL NO GR IE LU SK LI ES BE DE PL BG LV AT HU CY EE PT IT EU*
1 empl 10.0 11.4 11.1 9.2 12.5 18.6 12.2 37.0 13.2 12.2 4.9 10.0 28.8 33.5 10.0 34.2 19.3 4.8 11.9 40.5 8.8 9.5 52.1 61.4 25.8
2-9 empl 12.3 21.4 28.1 26.6 25.0 17.0 24.7 14.4 31.3 23.6 24.4 26.3 26.9 21.8 36.2 30.6 37.1 24.4 41.7 26.2 51.5 38.1 21.2 23.3 27.8
10-19 empl 8.1 10.5 8.9 10.2 10.6 11.9 13.6 4.5 8.8 13.5 27.2 15.0 7.8 5.5 14.8 4.8 13.2 26.4 14.5 8.6 24.1 20.1 7.6 3.9 9.8
20-49 empl 12.3 13.4 10.5 12.7 11.2 12.6 12.8 7.9 11.3 18.0 11.6 19.2 9.1 12.3 13.1 7.6 9.1 23.5 13.7 8.3 17.2 7.5 2.8 10.2
50-249 empl 18.0 23.7 20.5 16.0 15.3 16.6 14.7 23.2 12.2 18.5 13.6 15.7 20.9 10.8 15.7 15.1 9.1 3.6 12.2
250 or more 39.3 19.6 20.9 25.3 25.5 23.4 22.0 36.3 12.2 32.7 31.9 29.6 15.2 8.4 12.4 7.2 21.3 0.0 8.1 5.7 0.0 0.0 2.5 5.0 14.2

Source: Eurostat SBS

116 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 73 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: share of personnel costs in value of production, 2005 (%)

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

0
IT BG PL SK LV PT SI BE RO LT HU UK ES DK FR NO AT EE IE NL FI GR SE DE LU CY EU*
Share of personnel costs in production 11 15 18 19 21 23 23 24 26 28 28 33 34 34 34 36 37 38 38 38 40 42 42 43 47 47 32

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 74 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: turnover per person employed, 2005 (€ thousand)

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
RO BG LT EE LV PL PT CY HU SK GR IT ES DE SI AT NL SE FI LU BE UK IE FR DK NO EU*
Turnover per worker 18 18 23 26 27 33 47 48 50 50 64 76 78 87 96 102 106 109 110 115 118 129 132 137 164 185 96.3

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 117


Figure 75 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: value added per person employed, 2005 (€ thousand)

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
BG RO LT LV HU PL EE SK PT GR SI CY ES IT BE AT DE SE LU NL FI FR DK IE UK NO EU*
V.A. per worker 5 9 12 12 13 13 13 17 17 22 30 35 39 39 47 52 52 54 54 55 57 58 68 68 72 89 48.2

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 76 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: wage adjusted labour productivity (apparent labour
productivity by average personnel costs), 2005 (€ thousand)

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
GR BE LU IT SE HU FR NL CY DK AT NO FI ES DE SI EE PL BG IE PT LT UK SK RO LV EU*
Adj. Lab. Prod 75 91 94 97 104 107 114 115 116 119 120 124 125 127 127 130 135 146 149 149 151 153 155 179 183 199 121

Source: Eurostat SBS

118 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 77 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: turnover per person employed by company size, 2005 (€
thousand)

400.0

350.0

300.0

250.0

200.0

150.0

100.0

50.0

0.0
RO EE LV PL HU PT ES DE SE AT FI NL FR BE IT IE DK NO EU*
2-49 empl 20.6 25.8 28.7 32.1 62.4 74.6 79.6 78.9 107.1 93.9 111.0 114.7 114.1 138.6 98.9 94.6 150.5 171.2 87.3
50-249 empl 16.8 30.2 20.0 41.3 86.6 81.9 91.9 119.6 108.7 134.0 117.0 102.6 138.6 159.0 148.8 245.7 191.8 228.5 115.5
250 or more 16.0 0.0 0.0 62.1 26.8 155.0 105.8 106.7 92.8 175.9 102.6 134.6 143.2 89.0 379.2 143.2 165.3 194.9 136.7

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 78 Architectural, Engineering and Technical Services: turnover person employed by company size, 2005 (€
thousand)

120.0

100.0

80.0

60.0

40.0

20.0

0.0
RO LV EE PL HU PT ES DE SE AT BE FR FI IT NL DK IE NO EU*
2-49 empl 9.9 12.1 13.4 11.9 16.2 26.5 38.0 47.0 47.8 49.6 53.8 55.0 57.2 51.3 60.1 69.4 58.8 81.6 44.2
50-249 empl 7.0 12.3 17.8 19.3 24.4 33.0 46.0 70.1 57.1 62.2 64.8 59.0 58.5 106.2 57.3 70.0 97.4 101.6 57.7
250 or more 10.1 0.0 0.0 25.2 12.1 12.3 47.2 64.0 60.0 73.3 57.0 63.2 59.9 75.8 65.3 66.9 68.5 107.7 59.8

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 119


Figure 79 Location of main architectural and technical services providers in the manufacturing industry (by company size),
2003

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%
All enterprises (>49 em ployees) Enterprises w ith 50-249 Enterprises 250 or m ore
10% em ployees em ployees

0%
LT LV DE FI DK SI SE PL LV LT DE FI DK SI SE PL LT LV DE DK FI SI SE PL

Unknow n 3% 0% 9% 1% 3% 0% 44% 53% 0% 4% 11% 1% 3% 0% 42% 56% 0% 0% 5% 2% 3% 0% 54% 43%


Outside EU 0% 0% 0% 0% 1% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 1% 0% 0% 0% 1% 0% 3% 0% 0% 0% 0%
EU-10 Member States 2% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 2% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 2% 0% 0%
EU-15 Member States 4% 1% 0% 1% 1% 10% 1% 1% 1% 3% 0% 0% 1% 10% 0% 1% 7% 4% 0% 2% 3% 8% 3% 2%
Other region, same country 0% 8% 12% 34% 32% 32% 9% 20% 8% 0% 11% 34% 33% 32% 8% 17% 0% 8% 13% 27% 35% 33% 12% 30%
Same region 91% 90% 79% 64% 63% 57% 46% 26% 90% 90% 78% 65% 63% 57% 50% 27% 93% 87% 81% 66% 60% 58% 32% 25%

Source: Eurostat SBS

120 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


6 Logistics services

6.1 Sector overview

Logistics services cover a wide range of activities in the supply chain, from the start of
the chain (raw materials) to the final delivery of goods and services to the consumer. The
Council of Supply Chain Management Professionals (CSCMP)102 defines logistics
management as follows: “Logistics management is that part of supply chain management
that plans, implements, and controls the efficient, effective forward and reverse flow and
storage of goods, services and related information between the point of origin and the
point of consumption in order to meet customers' requirements”103. On the different
activities that fall under logistics management, CSCMP notes: “Logistics management
activities typically include inbound and outbound transportation management, fleet
management, warehousing, materials handling, order fulfilment, logistics network
design, inventory management, supply/demand planning, and management of third-party
logistics services providers. To varying degrees, the logistics function also includes
sourcing and procurement, production planning and scheduling, packaging and
assembly, and customer service. It is involved in all levels of planning and execution--
strategic, operational and tactical. Logistics management is an integrating function,
which coordinates and optimizes all logistics activities, as well as integrates logistics
activities with other functions including marketing, sales manufacturing, finance, and
information technology”.

Although logistics services and transport services are separate services, in practice they
are often closely linked. Firms that only provide logistics service-related activities are
usually referred to as third-party logistics service (TPL) providers.

In a report of the United States International Trade Commission104, the differences


between the different types of logistics services have been illustrated as shown in Figure
80. TPL providers can provide supply chain consulting or transportation management in
combination with one or more of the services in tiers 2 and 3 of the Figure.
Transportation management services include storage and warehousing, cargo handling,
transport agency services and customs brokerage. Supply chain consulting involves
global network design and distribution strategies (determination of warehouse location

102
Formerly known as the Council of Logistics Management (CLM). For more information, see: http://cscmp.org/default.asp
103
It should be noted that there are many other definitions used. For example the definition of logistics according the European
Logistics Association is as follows: “Planning, execution and control of the movement and placement of people and/or
goods and of the supporting activities related to such movement and placement, within a system organized to achieve
specific objectives.”
104
Source: USITC (2005), “Logistic Services: an overview of the global market and potential effects of removing trade
impediments”, Investigation No. 332-463, Publication 3770, May 2005.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 121


and transport needs), but may also include inventory forecasting and planning, product
design strategies, information technology needs assessment, and vendor identification and
management.

Figure 80 Illustration of logistics service activities

Source: USITC (2005)

Various academic articles have tried to distinguish different market segments in logistics.
For example, Boscacci (2002)105 distinguishes the following four categories of logistics
operators:
• Chain traditional logistics operator: operator conducting one single activity within
a specific chain/product;
• Traditional logistics operator: operator conducting one single activity open to a
multitude of supply chains/products;
• Chain integrated logistics operator: operator covering the activities in the complete
supply chain, specialised for a specific supply chain/product;
• Integrated logistics operator: operator covering the activities in the complete supply
chain for a multitude of supply chains/products.

Lai et al. (2004)106 also distinguish four different categories of logistics service providers,
based on a survey among firms in Hong Kong. The four categories mainly differ
regarding the following factors: a) the degree to which the service providers provide
value added logistics services, such as assembly, repackaging, procurement, etc.; b) the
degree of technology used, e.g. for tracking and tracing of goods, sent/received notices,

105
Boscacci, F. (2002) The sustainable development of the European Logistics Industry: an analytical approach at micro and
macro-economic levels, ERSA Conference paper, European Regional Science Association.
106
Lai, K-H, Cheng, T.C.E. and Yeung, A.C.L. (2004) An empirical taxonomy for logistic service providers, in Maritime
Economics and Logistics, 6:199-219.

122 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


etc.; and c) freight forwarding. Differences in these factors lead to a distinction of the
following four categories of logistics service providers107:
• Traditional freight forwarders, who are mainly active in freight forwarding, and
have a low capability in providing technology enabled services and value added
services;
• Transformers, who have a high capability in providing freight forwarding and
technology enabled services, and a medium level capacity to perform value added
services;
• Full service providers, who have a high capability in all three logistics service
factors: freight forwarding, technology enabled services and value added services;
• Niche operators, who are relatively weak in freight forwarding compared to the other
categories, and have a medium capacity in providing technology-enabled and value
added services.

There are other examples of differentiation between logistics providers, e.g. in their type
of alliance to customers, by the extent to which they are geographically-based, by the
extent to which they outsource some services themselves, etc.

Unfortunately, there is very little statistical information on the shares of the different
categories of service providers in the EU. However, especially among the larger firms,
there seems to be a worldwide trend towards full service provision, driven by demand
from large multinational clients and increased global sourcing of products. Related to
this, there is also a clear trend towards consolidation: larger companies are increasingly
dominating the market, as large clients prefer to have a limited number of suppliers to
reach economies of scale and scope. Small companies often provide only one or a limited
number of services, operate in a specific geographic region, or on a niche market (e.g.
they specialise in certain client sectors).

Outsourcing of logistical services by companies has been a trend over the last 15 to 20
years, mainly because of reasons related to clients' focusing on core competences. The
offering of new services by logistics providers has resulted in a rapidly expanding sector
over the last decades. In recent years, ‘just-in-time’ manufacturing and e-commerce have
also contributed to the expansion of the sector.

Hertz and Alfredsson (2003) mention three waves of the development of the third-party
logistics (TPL) industry. The first wave was in the 1980s, when traditional transport
companies developed into TPL. In the second wave, in the early 1990s, companies such
as DHL and FedEx entered the market. In the last and present wave, consultants, financial
and/or IT management firms have entered the market, e.g. Anderson Consulting, GE
Capital etc.

107
The study in Hong Kong, based on a sample of just over 200 companies, showed the following distribution of companies:
traditional freight forwarders: 25%; transformers: 38.5%; full service providers: 27% and niche operators: 8%.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 123


6.1.1 Statistical overview (Cargo handling and storage; other supporting transport activities;
activities of other transport agencies)

Partly as a result of the lack of a commonly used definition of logistics, data on the
logistics sector are scarce and difficult to compare. Often, for example, it is not clear to
what extent transport services and value added services like packaging are included in the
statistics. Even within companies, there are differences in views on what constitute
logistics services or other services.

According to Rebitzer (2007)108, the total turnover of the logistics sector in the EU was
€800-900 billion in 2006 and the long-term growth rate of the sector is between 4% and
8%. He estimates that of the total turnover, 40% is accounted for by logistics service
companies, while the other 60% are internal activities of companies from the rest of the
economy.

Eurostat does not present clear figures for logistics services. The major part of logistics
services fall under the category of transport, storage and communication, which is further
split up into a number of sub-categories. For this report, as the focus is on logistics
services and not on transport, we look specifically at the sub-category “Cargo handling
and storage; other supporting transport activities; activities of other transport agencies”109.
There are other statistical sectors that may also contain activities from the logistics sector,
such as "renting of transport equipment", but these cannot be separately identified and are
not included in the figures presented in this chapter.

Figure 81 to Figure 83 present, respectively, the number of companies, turnover and


employment in the sector, along with the turnover growth rate and the number of
companies in the sector of “Cargo handling and storage; other supporting transport
activities; activities of other transport agencies”. These data indicate that, in 2005, the
sector in Europe comprised some 105 thousand companies, with a turnover of €350
billion and employing 2.1 million people. To a large extent, the relative size of the sector
in terms of turnover and employment numbers corresponds to the relative economic
importance of countries, with the Germany, the UK, France, and Italy having the highest
turnover and employment in the sector.

As an indication of the weight of the sector in the economy, logistics services accounted
for approximately 1.8% of total turnover and 1.7% of total employment in the non-
financial and non-utility business economy (NFNUBE)110 of the EU in 2005 (see Figure
84 and Figure 85). These data illustrate the importance of the sector for the Baltic States
of Estonia and Latvia (and, to a lesser extent, Lithuania) and also for Austria and
Germany.

108
Source: Rebitzer, D.W. (2007) The European Logistics Markets, in European Real Estate Yearbook 2007.
109
This is an amalgam of the NACE Sectors 63.1 (Cargo handling and storage), 63.2 (Other supporting transport activities),
and 63.4 (Activities of other transport agencies).
110
Defined as NACE Sections C, D, F to I and K. More normally the non-financial business economy (NACE Sections C to I
and K) is utilised as a reference, but as data on the ‘utilities sector’ (NACE Section E) is missing for some countries the
definition ‘non-financial and non-utility business economy’ has been used.

124 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


The firm structure of the sector is characterised by a prevalence of small companies, with
Eurostat data indicating that nearly 80% of companies in the sector have fewer than 10
employees (see Figure 86). These small companies, however, typically account for a
relatively small proportion of total turnover and employment, with the data indicating that
firms with 250 or more employees account for nearly 40% of total turnover (Figure 87)
and an even higher proportion of employment (Figure 88).

6.2 Competitiveness analysis

6.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions

Because of the large differences in the sector and the lack of statistical information, it is
hard to make general statements about the labour intensity of the sector. Automation of
various processes is a clear trend in the market, but, nevertheless, the sector still requires
a significant number of employees. Many activities require unskilled or low-skilled
labour (e.g. related to manual and transport work), while the managerial and consulting
parts of the sector require high-skilled staff. The largest share of employment in the sector
is taken up by low-skilled and unskilled labour.

There are some problems in finding sufficient and appropriate unskilled and low skilled
labour for the sector, partly as a result of general demographic and educational trends in
Western Europe, which influence the size of the pool of potential workers. The use of
migrant workers from Eastern Europe can partly fill this gap. It is not, however, always
possible to use migrants because some tasks require, for example, specific language
skills. Equally, there is a general shortage in the EU of highly-skilled people in technical
professions, such as engineers. The logistics sector also faces the problem of attracting
highly-qualified staff. This problem does, however, not seem to be related to specific
characteristics of the sector. In general terms, labour conditions in logistics services are
not seen as a major issue for the sector, but the sector is confronted with labour conditions
in related sectors, notably transport (e.g. a shortage of truck drivers due to unfavourable
working conditions).

6.2.2 Apparent labour productivity

Labour costs do not account for a large share of the total costs of the sector, with
available data indicating that personnel costs represent around 20-25 percent of total
production for the EU as a whole, but with significant differences across countries (see
Figure 89). Other costs, such as the renting and operation of warehouses, transport
equipment, automated systems etc. generally account for a much higher share of total
costs.

The average turnover per person employed in the sector in Europe was around €166
thousand in 2005 (see Figure 90) and the value-added per person employed amounted to
€61 thousand (see Figure 91), although there are very large differences between EU
Member States. Adjusting apparent labour productivity for wage differences (see Figure

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 125


92)111 highlights relatively high productivity in the Baltic States (Latvia, Estonia and
Lithuania) and Ireland. Looking across all countries, there is a broad sweep of countries
with estimated ratios in the range of 150-200%, for which there is relatively limited
divergence in apparent wage-adjusted productivity. A possible explanation could be that,
while wages is the Eastern EU Member States are lower, the logistics providers in
Western Europe use more automated processes and thus proportionately less labour.

6.2.3 Productivity enhancement

Increasing productivity is of crucial important for logistics providers, as they operate in a


highly competitive market. Productivity in the sector has two aspects: technology and
organisation. Automation and the use of various software systems have clearly increased
over the last two decades. This is partly the result of consolidation of the market, which
has resulted in fewer and larger firms for which cost savings, notably through the
exploitation of economies of scale, are an important element to remain competitive in the
market. In addition, the lack of appropriate low-skilled staff seems to have contributed to
the increased use of technology in the sector.

According to the 2007 Third-Party Logistics report,112 (hereafter TPL-Report) the most
used technologies are warehouse management systems (WMS) and transportation
management systems (TMS). There is an increasing demand for visibility tools (e.g.
tracking and tracing) and web-enabled communication. Radio Frequency Identification
(i.e. an automatic identification method relying on storing and remotely retrieving data) is
the technology with the highest future expectations, although expectations seem to have
decreased somewhat over the last years. Due to the increased attention for software in
WMS and TMS, software development of the sector has become increasingly important,
and there are various software companies that can now be considered to be part of the
logistics sector. Some major software companies like SAP are also active in the logistics
market.

Regarding organisational aspects of productivity, important elements to enhance


productivity of a logistics provider include the location of its warehouses and distribution
centres, as well as having a good European or global network. This allows clients to have
a limited number of different suppliers, and to get the best value for money. Again, this
allows for economies of scale which may be productivity enhancing. These organisational
aspects tend to be more related to costs savings, however, rather than productivity
increases (see Section 6.2.5).

There is also a specific focus on labour productivity in the sector, notably in warehousing,
as improvements in this productivity leads to a more efficient, flexible and cost-effective
supply chain. The focus on labour productivity has both technical and organisational
aspects. Technically, attention is paid to labour productivity simulation and monitoring
technologies, and organisationally, warehouses are increasingly involved in late-stage

111
Apparent labour productivity is estimated by the ratio (%) of value-added per employed person to average personnel costs
per employee.
112
Capgemini, Georgia Institute of Technology, SAP, DHL (2007) 2007 “Third-Party Logistics- the state of logistical
outsourcing, results and findings of the 12th annual study”, http://3plstudy.com/

126 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


production operations to ensure a maximum level of efficiency. The sector also uses
specific productivity management systems.

6.2.4 Demand side conditions

As noted above, outsourcing has been an important demand driver for the logistics sector,
mainly from the private sector, but also, to some extent, from the public sector. Within
the private sector, it seems that increasing demand for external provision of logistics
services exists across all sectors. Demand changes according to economic cycles, but
these cycles often differ by client sector (e.g. economic cycles for food are different than
for automobiles).

Unfortunately, there appears to be little empirical data on the use of logistics services, but
it does seem that a high proportion is outsourced. The TPL-Report, which is based on a
worldwide survey among 1,568 companies shows that 82% of these companies are users
of third-party logistics (see Table 15). As can be seen from the Table 15, domestic and
international transportation are the most frequently outsourced services. In Europe, there
is relatively more outsourcing of domestic and international transportation, as well as of
transportation management and fleet management. Services that are more customer-
related or more strategic seem to be less outsourced. For the same survey, around 90% of
the respondents indicated that “logistics represents a strategic competitive advantage for
our company.” The respondents also indicate that as a share of total logistics
expenditures, the percentage spent on outsourcing will increase. In terms of the factors
taken into consideration in the selection of a service provider, the survey indicates that
price and quality seem to play a more or less equally important role (see Table 16).

The TPL-Report found that more than 85% of the users of third party logistics in Europe
considered outsourcing to be successful. By far the most important success factor was
considered to be: (i) “personal relationships on an operational level”, followed
respectively by (ii) carefully drafted and signed contracts with detailed descriptions of
services and performance tracking; (iii) clearly measured improvement in service levels
to customers; (iv) peer-to-peer relationships on executive level providing guidance and
sponsorship; and (v) clearly measured cost reductions.

Among the benefits of the use of third-party logistics service providers are the reduction
of logistics costs (e.g. through economies of scale), of fixed logistics assets (no capital
needed for logistics-related equipment) and of the average order cycle length. Many of
the respondents in the third party logistics report 2007 felt that the use of third party
logistics provider has had a positive impact on business process efficiencies and on the
customer service to the customer. Strikingly, while more than 60 percent of respondents
in all regions indicated that “third party logistics providers provided new and innovative
ways to improve logistics effectiveness”, for respondents in Europe this percentage is
only 43%.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 127


The top 5 continuing problems with logistics service providers, as reported by their
customers in Europe are the following113:
• Service level commitments not realised;
• Lack of continuous ongoing improvements and achievements in offerings;
• Cost reductions have not been realised;
• Lack of project management skills;
• Information technology capabilities not sufficient.

Table 15 Outsourced logistics services

Outsourced logistics services All regions Europe


Domestic transportation 83 91
International transportation 79 87
Warehousing 69 68
Customs clearance and brokerage 67 58
Forwarding 51 51
Shipment consolidation 43 44
Product labelling, packaging, assembly, kitting 34 33
Transportation management 32 41
Reverse logistics 31 33
Cross-docking 31 35
Freight bill auditing and payment 25 18
Fleet management 15 21
Supply chain consultancy 14 11
Order entry, processing and fulfilment 14 7
Customer service 13 10
Fourth party logistics 11 11
Source: taken from the 2007 third-party logistics report, www.3plstudy.com

113
Source: 2007 third-party logistics report, www.3plstudy.com

128 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 16 Factors considered in the selection of logistics service provider

Factors All regions Europe


Price of services 87 88
Quality of tactical, operational services 87 86
Expected capability to improve service levels 67 67
Range of available value added services 62 61
Capable information technologies 61 54
Expected ease of doing business 57 47
Availability of strategic logistics services 54 48
Global capabilities 51 52
Knowledge and advice on supply chain innovations and 44 40
improvements
Cultural and strategic fit with logistics provider 42 42
Ability to deliver end-to-end solutions across supply chain 40 33
processes and regions
Coverage and experience in emerging markets 35 26
3rd party logistics vision and investment strategy 33 29
Source: taken from the 2007 third-party logistics report, www.3plstudy.com

Contracts
Contracts with logistics service providers are usually concluded for between 3 to 5 years
(the Third-Party Logistics Report 2007 finds an average contract duration of 3.1 years).
According to some sector representatives, there is a tendency to have shorter-term
contracts. This poses some problems for the sector, as every contract usually requires
specific investments to fulfil a client’s requirements. These investments may become too
costly if the duration of the contracts decreases.

Rates and compensation details as well as service standards and performance


requirements are the main issues addressed in contracts or agreements for third-party
logistics. Compared to other regions, there is relatively more attention in Europe for the
use of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to determine compensation, and for specific
goals related to continuous improvement of service provision. Contracts and agreements
in Europe do not as often address the issue of renewal of the service beyond the initial
terms of agreements as in other regions114. Financial arrangements in contracts mostly
frequently use transaction-based fees, but use is also made of fixed-price, cost-plus and
gain-sharing approaches.

6.2.5 Competition and business strategies

Against a background of high rates of competition in the sector, companies in the sector
are in general pursuing two directions for business development: (i) widening the scope
of service provided; and (ii) entering niche segments where they may be fewer
competitors and a company can earn relatively higher margins.

114
Source: Third-party logistics report 2007.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 129


Widening the scope of services can relate to the geographical scope (i.e. offering the
services in an increasing larger area), but also to offering a wider range of services.
However, though there are a variety of possible opportunities for providing more value-
added services, the provision of such services often requires a different kind of
relationship with the client, which is more based on trust and intensive collaboration.
Building trust and credibility and close collaboration are therefore essential ingredients
for this expanded relationships, to deal with fears from clients over loss of control over
logistics processes. By contrast, a high degree of customer adaptation for one or a limited
number of clients, or focusing on a specific logistics activity (e.g. only warehousing) are
the main ways to enter a niche market. It is mainly the smaller companies that are active
on the niche markets, while the larger companies offer an integrated package of services.

Although there has been a clear trend in consolidation in the sector, the market is still
highly competitive. Margins in the sector have gone done over the years. According to
some experts, there is fierce price competition. Some companies seem to offer their
services at costs or even below cost price. This happens for example in logistics
companies with a big transport network: they know that they have a client for their
logistics services, this client will also use their transport services, which can make up for
the lower margin on logistics. It should be noted that some logistics companies on
purpose do not have their own transport network, to ensure their neutrality in their
logistics decisions. Client references are also very important in the logistics market, and
some logistics firms accept a very low margin to ensure certain client references.

The declining margins in the sector have caused some big players to sell their logistics
services, for example, TNT sold its worldwide logistics business to a private equity firm
in 2006. According to a press release about this sale in the Financial Times, margins in
the business have slipped from 6% in the late 1990s, when TNT entered logistics, to
below 4% in 2006115.

6.2.6 Internationalisation

Internationalisation is an important phenomenon in the logistics service sector, which


seems to be mainly driven by the increasing level of international activity of its clients.
Clients often prefer to use existing logistics service providers to operate on new markets.
According to sector experts interviewed for this report, logistics providers will often only
start specific activities in a certain country if and when a client asks for it and, as such,
development of the logistics sector goes hand in hand with support to clients’
internationalisation processes. Apparently, it does not often happen that logistics firms
expand their networks abroad without being asked for it by a client. Only companies
which offer extensive transportation and warehousing services themselves seem to
expand their geographical coverage on their own initiative, as for them it is important to
be able to offer an extensive geographic network. According to the TPL-Report many
global logistics service providers do not handle all the work themselves internationally,
but subcontract a lot of their work to local providers in emerging markets.

115
FT.com, TNT sale of logistics division imminent, August 23 2006.

130 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


6.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions

The purpose of this sector is to identify and prioritise the key issues facing the industrial
cleaning sector both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). The
analysis is based around a screening of the sector in relation to the main regulatory and
framework conditions116; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 6.

6.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards

Environmental standards and regulations


As the logistics sector is in practice often integrated with the transport sector,
environmental standards and regulations have an important impact on the sector.
Increasing fuel duties, introducing urban congestion charging and imposing emission
taxes are examples of policy measures that have important indirect impact on the logistics
sector. For example, the location of distribution centres often depends on the location of
production, the location of consumers and the costs of transport. Changes in transport
costs due to certain policy measures can therefore have important implications for the
decision of where to locate a distribution centre. It can also result in so-called modal
shifts, where the choice for a specific means of transportation changes, e.g. the train
becomes more attractive if rail track access charges are subsidised while taxes or duties
on fuels become higher.

Although the EU is active in defining environmental regulations, many environmental


policies and regulations are designed at national level. This is because many EU-wide
Directives are implemented through separate national regulations in each member state.
An example is the charging of an autobahn toll for trucks in Germany since 2005.

Other national and EU standards and regulations


The situation with regard to other standards and regulations is similar to that for
environmental standards and regulations. There seem to be no standards for the logistics
sector specifically, but the sector is affected by more general standards and regulations
(sometimes called operational standards) when making its logistics decisions. This is the
case, for example, for security standards and regulations which often differ across
Member States. Furthermore, the request from the US for 100% cargo scanning is another
example of a policy measure under consideration that will affect the logistics sector.

Other examples of standards, regulations and policy measures that affect the sector
include:
• Tax and investment policies (e.g. high or low tax rates, subsidies to attract foreign
companies) that influence choice over, for example, location of warehouses;
• Labour standards, such as rules for maximum number of driving hours for individual
drivers;
• Different kinds of standards for equipment used in the logistics sector.

116
This analysis is in accordance with the general framework for assessment of regulatory and framework conditions agreed
as part of the Framework Contract of Sectoral Competitiveness Studies.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 131


Client sector standards and regulations
The client usually does not impose standards and regulations as such, but the use of Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs) is very important in contracts between logistics providers
and their clients. These KPIs could therefore also be considered as a kind of standards.
Some clients also have requirements for issues such as the software to be used. The use of
these ‘standards’ is arranged in individual contracts, however.

In addition to the KPIs, relevant standards and regulations depend upon the client’s
sector. For example, if logistics services are used by the food industry, the standards and
regulation of this sector affect the logistics sector as well. The Hazard Analysis and
Critical Control Points (HACCP), a standard to improve food safety is a case in point, as
HACCP is not only applicable for the production of food, but also for the packaging and
distribution of food. Also the automotive sector has specific standards that need to be
taken into account in logistics decisions.

Sector-level standards and regulations


As indicated above, there are only a very limited number of standards that are directly
affecting the logistics sector, and the sector is mainly affected by rules and regulations of
its clients sectors and of closely related sectors such as transport.

Currently, DG TREN is supporting a four-year research project, called BestLog, which


aims to identify best practices in logistics, in order to improve logistics competence
across Europe117. This project may indirectly lead to the development of standards (either
voluntary or obligatory) if this could improve the quality of services of the sector.

DG TREN has also defined a Freight Logistics Action Plan (COM (2007) 607 final),
which should contribute to improving the efficiency and sustainability of freight transport
in Europe. It consists of studies, stakeholder analyses and other initiatives covering topics
such as: the development of generic indicators to measure performance; the establishment
of a single window for administrative procedures in all transport modes; identification of
areas where EU action such as standardisation is required, etc. Most of this is still
ongoing work.

The European Logistics Association has developed (voluntary) Standards of Competence


for Logistics in 2004118. It is used for certifying individuals in logistics management
positions. It is defined in terms of outcomes (i.e. the expectations of the performance of
managers, with a distinction between three different levels of management). The
standards have been developed and agreed by industry. There is no formal link with
education and training programmes in logistics, but it is expected that they will focus on
meeting the competence requirements. The rationale for introducing these standards is the
following:
• A shared wish by countries to achieve a common level of standards for logisticians
for mutual benefit;
• Portability of logistics skills and competences within Europe (and the world);
• Mutual recognition within Europe;

117
For more information, see www.bestlog.org
118
For more information, see: http://www.elalog.org/

132 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


• Establishing a common profile for logistics managers.

6.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions

Knowledge and innovation


As logistics operations become increasingly complex as a result of the increasing scope of
services provided (notably the provision of value added services), as well as the
increasing internationalisation of the sector, the demand for knowledge and innovation is
increasing. According to some sector experts, there is, however, a gap in terms what
clients expect in terms of knowledge and innovation and what they are willing to pay for.
As margins in the sector are decreasing and at a low level, and the duration of contracts
also seems to be decreasing, it is very difficult for companies in the logistics sector to
innovate. Research and Development departments are scarce in the sector. All
investments need a quick and high return on investment: otherwise they pose too many
commercial risks.

Given the high proportion of small companies in the sector and the limited financial
resources these companies usually have, the knowledge and innovation gap between the
small and larger companies might be expected to increase in the future.

Labour force and skills


As indicated in Section 6.2.1, the sector has a large share of unskilled and low skilled
workers, especially if the transport services provided by the logistics sector are taken into
account. But also in the warehouses a major part of the work force is unskilled or low
skilled. The workforce is dominated by male workers. Managers and consultants in the
logistics sector are high-skilled workers.

Over the last years, there has been increasing attention both for vocational training of the
workforce and for professional quality of the workforce. This is among others reflected in
the development of standards for logistics managers, as described in Section 6.3.1.

Market access
As the logistics services is characterised by a high degree of internationalisation, trade
and investment regulations are highly relevant for the industry. The sector has already
experienced a significant degree of liberalisation over the last two decades, not only as a
result of various trade negotiation processes (GATS, FTAs, bilateral agreements), but
also because many countries have unilaterally liberalised transportation markets to reduce
transport costs and increase economic growth.

From a USITC report119, it appears from a survey among international logistics


companies that customs procedures and inspections are most important deterrent for trade
(e.g. restrictions on the weight and value of shipments, time consuming documentation
requirements, inspection requirements, security related delays, etc.). Trade facilitation is
therefore an important topic in trade negotiations for the sector, in addition to the specific
service sector negotiations for logistics.

119
USITC (2005) Logistic Services: an overview of the global market and potential effects of removing trade impediments,
Investigation no. 332-463, USITC Publication 3770, May 2005.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 133


Negotiations on trade facilitation are under way in the World Trade Organisations, but as
the overall negotiations under the WTO are progressing at a very slow rate, there have
been no formal agreements on trade facilitation yet. The World Customs Organisation
(WCO) is also active in the area, and has drafted a number of international conventions to
facilitate customs procedures, but many of them are not yet ratified or are only voluntary.
FTAs usually also contain provisions on customs administration. It should be noted that
while customs is an issue for EU exporters, it appears that there is also a large degree of
variation between customs procedures within EU, which affects both EU and global
market players.

Next to customs issues, impediments to foreign investments are important for market
access in the sector, as most international transactions in logistics require a foreign
presence in a country. There are countries that limit or prohibit foreign investment in the
sector, or that have complex or lengthy approval procedures. There are also often
licensing requirements. For transportation services, these requirements exist for nearly all
countries. Another common complaint in the sector is the limited transparency of logistics
regulations.

Due to sector definition issues, logistics-related impediments have not been separately
addressed under GATS in the WTO. Commitments for management consultancy are
relatively generous, while commitments for other related services like customs brokerage,
rail/road/maritime freight, are much lower.

Structural change
Structural change in the form of outsourcing of logistics activities has been a driving
force for the development of the logistics sector. In addition to this outsourcing trend,
there is also the trend of increased global sourcing of its clients. This had led to
internalisation and to a further expanding logistics sector.

Structural change in the sector itself is reflected in the expanding scope of services (more
integrated service provision), notably of value added services. Also the increased use of
technology in the sector has led to changes in its operations.

Competition issues
As indicated before, competition in the sector is quite strong, and margins tend to be low.
The market seems quite fragmented, with a number of big players offering a broad
package of services, and many smaller companies offering only a specific logistics
service or operating on a specific market segment. Despite the market still being
fragmented, there has been a clear trend towards consolidation over the last years, partly
due to decreasing average margins in the sector.

It goes beyond the scope of this report to provide an analysis of existing market
conditions, but we have encountered examples of companies offering their logistics
services at a very low price, for example to attract more customers for their transport
services, or to get some important references. It is not clear if these companies provide
their services at very low margins or even below cost price. If the latter would be the
case, this cross-subsidisation would require further attention.

134 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


6.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends

Technological change
Technological change is important in the sector. One the one hand, technological change
that is ‘internal’ to the sector is reflected, for example, in the increased used of automated
processes and management software. On the other hand, the sector is also affected by
technological change in other sectors. A notable example is the increase of e-commerce,
which has provided many opportunities for the logistics sector.

Technological change in transport may also become important for the sector. With the
climate change and increasing fuel prices, it is likely that there will be technological
developments in energy efficient transport for example. This may be important for
logistics decisions, and in particularly is at the forefront of discussions on global supply
chains in relation to rising oil prices. As transport becomes more expensive due to the
increasing fuel prices, companies seem to change their sourcing decisions accordingly
and may decide to locate production closer to consumption, which of course also affects
the related logistics services.

Social and demographic change


Demographic change in the form of both possible decreases in the overall size and ageing
of the European population is presenting a challenge for the logistics sector in order to
attract appropriate staff. This applies for low skilled workers as, for example, it is
increasingly difficult to find sufficient people willing to be international truck drivers. But
the sector is also affected by the general lack of high-skilled people trained in technical
fields. Policies to further promote technical education among young people may help to
address this problem.

Secondly, there is an ongoing trend towards urbanisation in the EU. This poses a
challenge for the logistics sector, as urban areas are putting an increasing number of
requirements on transport in urban areas in terms of limits on emissions and noise. This
might require a different approach for organising and managing transport to urban areas
(e.g. in terms of modal shifts close to the cities).

Global competition
Competition in the sector is increasing, but the big players in the sector are located in a
few regions. The biggest players in the sector are located in the USA and
Northern/Western Europe (UK, France, Germany,). Companies in China have become
increasingly important in the sector, and there are examples of Chinese companies buying
complete parts of the supply chain (e.g. in the port of Rotterdam). Locally and in certain
market segments, there are of course many smaller competitors.

There also appears to be a shift in location of offices and warehouses. Eastern Europe has,
for example, become more attractive as a location for warehouses, not only because
labour costs are low, but also because the local population has experienced an increase in
purchasing power and the region therefore now also accounts for a sizeable part of EU
consumption. Also because fuel prices are increasing, companies source some of their
intermediate goods from Eastern Europe rather than from countries at a larger distance,

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 135


because of the transport costs involved, which also makes the region more attractive for
logistics operators.

6.4 Overview of potential policy issues

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise potential areas for European policy
initiatives both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). To begin
with, the possible arguments (justification) for possible policy intervention from an
economic standpoint are examined. After this, the analysis is based around a screening of
the sector in relation to existing industrial policy initiatives and some specific themes
relevant to the business services sector; the overall assessment is summarised in

6.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention

Social externalities
The logistics sector is very important in the European economy. Many businesses depend
on the logistics sector for the timely delivery of their goods and services. Mistakes or
delays caused by logistics can have high cost implications. The logistics sector also
becomes increasingly important in tracking and tracing of products, and can thereby
contribute to corporate social responsibility, as it creates more transparency in global
supply chains. Also the call back options that many logistic companies provide if there
are problems with a specific product can have important benefits from society, especially
if it concerns issues like safety. The return of products along the supply chain is also
referred to as reverse logistics. Waste treatment is also an important phenomenon in this
reverse logistics (e.g. for the re-use of recycling of material), and in that respect the sector
can also have positive effects on the environment.

Logistics decisions determine freight transport demands, and as the transport sector is a
key driver of CO2 emissions, logistics can help to make transport as efficient as possible.

The relatively high use of low skilled labour and also or migrant workers of the sector
contributes to employment and in the case of migrants to the integration of migrants into
the workforce.

Market power and competition


Issues of market power and competition revolve around the existence and abuse of market
power (e.g. entry barriers, monopolistic competition, etc.) See Section 6.3.2 for a number
of issues related to competition.

Information asymmetries
Information asymmetries arise when buyers and sellers are not well informed of the
services to be provided, or where information is not equally distributed between them. In
the context of logistics, buyer-side lack of information can relate to the performance of
the service provider since this cannot be ascertained in advance. Although KPIs are an
important instrument to achieve a minimum level of quality, these KPIs are laid down in
contracts and can therefore not be used when selecting a provider of logistics service
providers. In addition, there are no commonly used quality standards for logistics

136 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


services. As a result, having references of previous clients and contracts has become a
very important way to show the quality of a logistics company. The importance of these
references has led some companies to offer their services at very low margins in order to
gain specific references, as noted earlier.

There has been growing attention for the possible use of standards in the sector to address
these problems, as can be seen in the EC’s Freight Logistics Action Plan, and the
voluntary standards of competence for logistic managers as developed by ELA. As noted
before, the Best Log project may also contribute to this. In the future, there may therefore
be more standards that will help to tackle the problem of information asymmetry.

6.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives

Table 18 provides an initial screening of the sector against existing and potential EU
horizontal ‘industrial’ policy initiatives120, and a number of additional possible services
related initiatives. This attempts to identify those policy initiatives that, if introduced or
extended, could be of most relevance for the industrial cleaning sector, in particular in
terms of raising performance (e.g. productivity improvements) and/or creating
opportunities for sector development.

120
Based on the Mid-term Review of Industrial Policy, COM(2007) 374.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 137


Table 17 Logistics services: screening of framework conditions

Regulatory & ‘other’ framework conditions Relevance

Heading Item Issues Sector- Industry-


level service
interactions

National regulatory ƒ Environmental legislation


„„ „
measures ƒ Tax and investment policy

ƒ The sector is not covered by specific EU regulation


EU regulatory
ƒ The sector is largely excluded from the Services „ „
measures
Directive (services in the field of transport)
Regulatory
Completion of internal ƒ Harmonisation of national regulations would benefit
conditions „„ „
market legislation the sector because of its international nature.

Industry and ƒ Industry and professional regulations are not


professional directly affecting the sector, but the standards and
„ „„
regulations and regulations of client sectors impact the logistics
standards sector as well

Knowledge: R&D, ƒ Technological developments in automation and


innovation and software
„„ „„
product/service ƒ Organisational and process innovation to remain
development competitive

Labour force, ƒ Lack of low skilled labour


„„„ „
knowledge and skills ƒ Lack of high skilled labour
‘Other’
Market access (trade ƒ Trade facilitation (customs)
framework „„„ „„
and investment) ƒ Negotiations on commercial presence (FDI)
conditions
ƒ Outsourcing of logistics services
Structural change ƒ Use of new technologies „„ „„
ƒ Expanding scope of services

• Possible cross-subsidisation
Competition policy
• Some market concentration among larger „ „
issues
companies

• Technological developments create opportunities


Technological change for the sector, both external (e.g. e-commerce) and „„ „„
internal (increased efficiency)

Exogenous • Ageing population


Social and
conditions • Lack of technically skilled people „„ „
demographic change
• Urbanisation

• Emerging markets
Global competition „„ „
• Changing investment locations

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

138 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 18 Logistics services: screening of policy initiatives

EU policy areas Relevance


Heading Initiatives Sector issues
ƒ Trade facilitation
Trade policy ƒ Enhancing market access through foreign direct „„„
Trade
investment (mainly for larger companies)

ƒ Lack of common sector standards and regulations


Proper functioning of the
within the EU (below) „
internal market

Public procurement -

Competition policy ƒ Potential effects of market consolidation „


ƒ Harmonisation of national standards and regulations
Better Better regulation and
ƒ Development of common industry standards and „„
regulation simplification
codes of practice etc.

ƒ Standards in relation to ICT applications and


Technical standards „
technologies
Other standards ƒ Standards of client sectors „
Health and safety -
Research and development -

Intellectual property rights -

ƒ Contribution to supply chain innovation


(organisational etc.)
Innovation policy ƒ Enhance client-supplier interface for innovative „„
solutions
Knowledge
ƒ Access / innovation capacity of SMEs
and skills
ƒ Raising of standards among logistics managers (and
Employment, qualifications, indirectly of education) through implementation of
„„
skills / Flexicurity professional standards
ƒ Enlarging of the technically educated workforce

ƒ For SMEs access to finance an issue to keep up


Access to finance / risk capital „
with technological development

ƒ Role of sector in waste treatment and disposal


Energy and Waste, water, air (reverse logistics) „„
environment ƒ Interrelation with transport services

Intensive energy use -

Structural Anticipation
Change Tertiarisation
Organisational and services ƒ Organisational and process innovation to increase
„„
innovation productivity and efficiency

Support for knowledge „


intensive business services
Services
Measurement and recognition -
of intangible assets
Regional actions (demand and -
supply matching)
- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 139


Figure 81 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: number of companies by country, 2005
(Eurostat estimates)

20,000

18,000

16,000

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0
IT DE ES UK GR FR PL NL HU SE BE NO PT RO BG DK FI AT LV LT IE EE CY SK SI LU
Companies 17,161 14,182 12,951 10,345 7,836 7,096 6,507 3,565 3,373 2,914 2,479 1,971 1,905 1,836 1,824 1,422 1,357 1,177 1,135 849 792 767 573 524 488 150

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 82 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: turnover by country, € million 2005 (Eurostat
estimates)

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0
DE UK FR IT ES NL BE SE AT DK NO FI PL PT IE HU GR RO EE LV LT BG SK SI LU CY
Turnover 72,004 57,761 51,286 38,079 28,757 16,858 14,403 13,056 12,931 8,293 7,287 4,721 4,567 4,320 3,766 2,819 2,643 1,805 1,708 1,405 890 879 836 770 482 301

Source: Eurostat SBS

140 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 83 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: employment by country, 2005 (Eurostat
estimates)

500,000

450,000

400,000

350,000

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

0
DE IT UK FR ES NL RO PL SE AT BE BG GR PT DK HU NO FI LV IE LT EE SK SI CY LU
Employed 458,27 302,65 299,65 253,98 187,19 68,617 63,629 61,405 50,899 50,435 44,904 35,981 34,523 31,623 27,995 25,892 25,054 23,069 15,716 15,058 12,411 9,121 8,084 7,152 4,728 2,132

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 84 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: share of total non-financial and non-utility
business economy turnover by country, 2005 (%)

7.00

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00

1.00

0.00
EE LV AT SE LT DK BE DE UK NO FR NL FI ES IT BG PT RO HU SI SK IE GR PL LU EU*
Share of NFNUBE turnover 5.89 4.80 2.91 2.43 2.36 2.18 2.07 1.94 1.78 1.73 1.72 1.66 1.60 1.57 1.55 1.52 1.47 1.38 1.36 1.32 1.22 1.22 1.01 0.94 0.79 1.76

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 141


Figure 85 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: share of total non-financial and non-utility
business economy employment by country, 2005 (%)

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
LV EE DE AT BG IT NO SE FI BE FR UK DK RO IE NL LT ES GR SI HU LU PT SK PL EU*
Share of NFNUBE emp 2.59 2.35 2.25 2.16 2.05 2.04 1.97 1.95 1.90 1.88 1.79 1.67 1.65 1.64 1.54 1.47 1.46 1.41 1.40 1.28 1.05 1.04 0.97 0.91 0.83 1.70

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 86 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: breakdown of number of companies by
company size (number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
LV LI DE AT SK ES BG IT RO NL PT SI FR DK BE NO PL CY LU FI GR SE HU EU*
1 empl 12.5 13.7 17.8 23.4 29.2 31.5 36.0 37.0 37.7 39.6 39.8 42.0 42.1 43.3 45.3 48.7 51.1 51.3 51.3 53.0 55.6 58.0 58.5 37.8
2-9 empl 64.6 59.8 43.0 47.8 50.8 49.6 52.3 41.0 40.9 39.1 40.6 42.6 27.7 32.3 30.7 34.3 40.9 37.2 31.3 28.3 37.3 25.7 30.7 40.5
10-19 empl 11.9 12.5 16.2 12.1 6.1 9.1 5.6 9.8 8.2 8.8 9.4 5.3 9.7 10.5 8.5 8.4 2.6 5.8 6.0 6.6 5.1 6.8 5.1 9.3
20-49 empl 6.3 9.3 13.4 8.9 6.3 6.1 3.8 6.7 6.9 6.9 6.2 6.4 10.8 7.7 8.9 5.3 2.6 3.8 4.7 6.6 1.5 5.4 3.6 7.0
50-249 empl 3.8 3.8 7.9 6.0 6.9 3.2 4.7 4.8 4.6 3.1 2.5 7.6 4.7 5.8 2.6 2.1 5.3 4.4 3.3 1.8 4.3
250 or more 0.8 0.9 1.6 1.8 0.8 0.6 2.3 0.8 1.4 1.0 0.8 1.2 2.1 1.5 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.9 1.3 1.1 0.6 0.9 0.3 0.9

Source: Eurostat SBS

142 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 87 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: breakdown of turnover by company size
(number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
FR AT SK DE SE CY RO PL FI ES NL IT DK NO BE HU GR LI LV EU*
1 empl 4.2 1.5 3.4 1.7 3.8 4.6 1.6 4.6 3.5 2.4 3.4 3.7 4.3 6.3 5.5 4.1 7.0 0.6 1.9 3.1
2-9 empl 5.3 6.2 8.1 7.6 9.7 11.8 11.3 13.1 12.1 18.0 12.2 14.0 14.5 15.8 15.3 19.0 24.4 24.0 26.4 10.6
10-19 empl 3.9 7.3 4.6 7.8 9.4 7.9 9.7 6.4 10.6 8.2 10.8 11.6 9.7 10.3 10.8 9.6 16.0 23.7 20.5 8.3
20-49 empl 10.1 9.5 12.5 12.6 13.3 12.0 13.9 14.0 13.6 12.3 16.1 14.9 16.2 14.8 18.9 25.5 14.7 16.6 21.0 13.0
50-249 empl 18.3 59.2 23.3 23.8 15.9 23.2 31.5 23.1 22.0 19.8 26.9 31.9 26.0 16.6 19.9
250 or more 58.0 75.6 12.1 47.1 40.0 63.7 47.6 38.7 28.7 36.0 35.5 36.0 28.5 52.7 17.6 15.9 37.9 18.6 30.3 38.7

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 88 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: breakdown of employment by company size
(number of employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
AT RO FR SE DE FI DK BE IT NO NL SK PL ES HU LV CY LI GR EU*
1 empl 0.5 1.1 0.3 1.8 0.5 1.8 2.1 2.5 2.1 1.8 5.1 3.4 6.5 2.1 7.6 0.4 6.3 0.9 12.6 1.8
2-9 empl 3.7 4.8 3.8 7.2 6.1 7.4 6.5 6.9 9.4 11.2 8.1 14.6 18.5 14.2 15.2 22.6 17.0 17.8 28.9 8.8
10-19 empl 3.8 3.2 3.7 5.9 6.8 5.3 7.4 6.7 7.6 8.9 9.3 3.9 4.0 8.5 8.9 10.9 9.4 11.4 15.3 6.7
20-49 empl 6.3 6.2 9.8 10.5 12.6 12.4 12.3 15.1 12.1 12.5 12.2 13.3 8.7 13.0 14.5 13.0 14.2 19.4 10.2 11.3
50-249 empl 15.7 22.3 22.1 24.2 28.0 27.4 32.3 28.5 20.4 24.7 37.8 22.1 22.5 24.0 26.8 21.9 22.4
250 or more 85.6 68.9 60.1 52.5 49.8 45.0 44.2 36.6 40.4 45.2 40.6 26.9 40.2 39.7 29.7 26.3 53.0 28.7 32.9 43.2

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 143


Figure 89 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: share of personnel costs in value of
production, 2005 (%)

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
EE SK LT LV BE SE PL DK NL FR FI NO PT SI BG RO UK IT IE HU DE ES GR CY AT LU EU*
Share of personnel costs in production 7 10 11 15 15 16 17 17 18 19 20 20 20 20 21 22 22 23 23 24 32 33 35 41 44 51 23

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 90 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: turnover per person employed, 2005 (€
thousand)

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
BG RO CY LT PL GR LV SK SI HU IT PT ES DE EE UK FR FI LU NL IE AT SE NO DK BE EU*
Turnover per worker 24 28 64 72 74 77 89 103 108 109 126 137 154 157 187 193 202 205 226 246 250 256 256 291 296 321 166.3

Source: Eurostat SBS

144 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 91 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: value added per person employed, 2005 (€
thousand)

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
BG RO LT SK PL HU LV SI EE GR IT CY SE LU ES FI PT FR DE UK BE NL AT DK NO IE EU*
V.A. per worker 9 9 19 19 20 27 29 33 34 38 47 49 55 57 59 60 64 67 68 80 82 82 84 88 99 100 61.3

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 92 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: wage adjusted labour productivity (apparent
labour productivity by average personnel costs), 2005 (€ thousand)

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
LU SE IT RO FI SI GR BG BE ES FR NO CY AT PL UK NL SK DE DK HU PT LT IE EE LV EU*
Adj. Lab. Prod 118 123 142 144 148 155 158 158 164 167 175 178 178 180 180 180 182 190 196 203 204 218 235 249 292 431 175

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 145


Figure 93 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: turnover per person employed by company
size, 2005 (€ thousand)

600.0

500.0

400.0

300.0

200.0

100.0

0.0
RO LI PL SK HU IT ES DE FR FI NL IE SE DK BE EU*
2-49 empl 69.5 95.0 79.8 81.9 152.1 175.3 165.9 172.6 226.7 295.3 324.6 446.7 353.5 454.5 504.5 190.6
50-249 empl 28.7 54.5 78.1 161.9 118.1 87.3 157.8 151.0 165.7 230.1 218.3 197.4 275.4 290.4 317.2 140.0
250 or more 19.6 46.4 71.7 46.5 58.1 112.3 139.2 148.5 195.1 130.6 215.1 144.3 195.4 190.9 153.8 140.8

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 94 Cargo handling, storage and other supporting transport services: value added per person employed by
company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

160.0

140.0

120.0

100.0

80.0

60.0

40.0

20.0

0.0
RO LI SK PL HU IT SE FI ES FR DE BE NL DK IE EU*
2-49 empl 11.8 12.7 12.2 14.9 23.3 41.1 51.4 62.9 39.7 50.7 60.2 96.6 76.0 124.1 151.4 48.8
50-249 empl 11.3 15.5 18.8 20.8 33.9 32.3 57.2 59.8 58.2 46.6 53.2 73.1 63.9 84.6 71.6 45.3
250 or more 8.2 32.2 29.6 25.0 30.8 63.4 55.9 55.0 77.2 76.5 79.4 76.9 103.2 65.5 79.2 67.0

Source: Eurostat SBS

146 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


7 Computer-related services

7.1 Sector overview

This chapter will focus on computer and computer-related services and activities. From a
statistical perspective, the NACE classification of computer-related services (CRS)
consists of the following categories of activities:
• Hardware consultancy;
• Software consultancy and supply (including software publishing);
• Data processing;
• Database activities;
• Maintenance and repair of office, accounting and computing machinery;
• Other computer related activities.

From a broader perspective, these activities form part of the wider ICT sector121, which
has become a sector of prime importance in the economy. Although the focus will be on
computer related services, it is sometimes difficult to make a distinction between these
services and other ICT related services and, as many ICT companies produce both goods
and services, between supply of ‘products’ and supply of ‘services’. As noted in the EU
Competitiveness Report 2006122, there are in addition, increasing complex relationships
between the different market segments. There is a clear digital convergence of
technologies in computing, communications, content and consumer electronics, which
allows for example for the bundling of internet access, telephony and entertainment
content.

The ICT sector is a relatively young and dynamic sector that is characterised by higher
than average growth rates and research intensity. The sector has received quite some
attention from EU policy makers, in particular because it is seen as a strategic sector for
meeting the EU’s Lisbon Strategy for growth and employment. One of the main reasons
for this attention is that the sector is seen to have important spill-over effects on other
sectors of the economy, particularly in terms of promoting increased productivity in these
other sectors.

121
The concept of ICT can have several meanings: ICT is being referred to as a product, a technology or a sector. In this
chapter we look at ICT as a sector. We only focus on that part of the sector that relates to ICT services, as opposed to ICT
hardware.
122
European Commission (2006) European Competitiveness Report, Competitiveness and Economic Reforms,
Communication from the Commission COM(2006) 697 final, Commission Staff Working Document SEC(2006) 1467/2,ISBN
92-79-02578-3

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 147


According to a recent Commission staff working document on ICT services123, the EU
has traditionally had a comparative advantage in electronic communication services, but
this sector has recently faced a slowdown on the EU market. Consequently, software and
IT services (accounting for 31 percent of the EU’s ICT sector in 2006) is now the new
dynamic growth area. Within this sub-sector, the EU ICT Task Force report124 identifies
enterprise software, embedded and distributed software, hard real-time design and
dependable/fault-tolerant systems; software engineering; and high-end computing and
GRID architectures as key European strengths.

7.1.1 Statistical overview (Computer and related activities)

Figure 95 to Figure 97 present Eurostat data on, respectively, the number of companies,
turnover and employment of the sector, and the turnover growth rate, the number of
companies in the sector. These data indicate that in 2005 the sector in Europe comprised
of some 520 thousand companies, with a turnover of €340 billion and employed 2.6
million persons. To a large extent, the relative size of the sector in terms of turnover and
employment numbers corresponds to the relative economic importance of countries,
although the UK is prominent in having the largest number of companies and highest
turnover and employment in the sector.

As an indication of the weight of the sector in the economy, the sector accounted for
approximately 1.7% of total turnover, and 2.2% of total employment in the non-financial
and non-utility business economy (NFNUBE)125 of the EU in 2005 (see Figure 98 and
Figure 99). These data illustrate the importance of the sector for the Baltic States of
Estonia and Latvia (and to a lesser extent Lithuania) and also Austria and Germany.

The firm structure of the sector is characterised by a prevalence of small companies;


Eurostat data indicate that over 90% of companies in the sector have less than 10
employees (see Figure 100). These small companies, however, typically account for a
relatively small proportion of total turnover and employment, with the data indicate that
firms with 250 or more employees account for over 30% of total employment (Figure
101) and close to 45% of total turnover (Figure 102), while firms with between 50-249
employees account roughly for a further 20% of both employment and turnover.

123
Source: Commission Staff Working Document, accompanying document to the Communication from the Commission to the
European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the region, i2010-
Annual Information Society Report 2007 [COM (2007) 146 final}, 30 March 2007.
124
Source: EU ICT Task Force (2006) Fostering the competitiveness of Europe’s ICT industry, EU ICT Task Force Report,
November 2006.
125
Defined as NACE Sections C, D, F to I and K. More normally the non-financial business economy (NACE Sections C to I
and K) is utilised as a reference, but as data on the ‘utilities sector’ (NACE Section E) is missing for some countries the
definition ‘non-financial and non-utility business economy’ has been used.

148 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


7.2 Competitiveness analysis

7.2.1 Labour supply, costs and conditions

Computer and related services are a relatively labour-intensive sector. Accordingly, wage
costs, labour taxes and social security payments are important drivers of costs in the
sector; which implies that costs are a priori higher in countries with higher wages and tax
systems. Due to labour shortages in the sector, there is a tendency for further upward
pressure on wage costs. In fact, the lack of suitably qualified and experienced workers
poses serious constraint for the sector. This lack in the supply is mainly due to the fact
that the sector has been expanding at a faster rate than the number of graduated people in
relevant studies, and to the fact that the sector is relatively young, which causes a general
lack of experienced people. This has led to employment in the sector of people with other
educational backgrounds and more focus on internal education and training, especially in
larger companies. In addition, labour shortages have induced outsourcing and off-shoring
in the sector.

7.2.2 Apparent labour productivity

Eurostat data indicate that personnel costs represent around 38 percent of total production
value on average in the sector of computer and related services for the EU as a whole, but
with significant differences across countries (see Figure 103). It is not possible, however,
to analyse in detail the breakdown of other production costs and it may be that variation
across countries (and the apparently low overall share of labour in total costs) reflect
differences in the importance of the various sub-sectors and, for example, associated costs
of hardware (e.g. included in the sub-sector hardware consultancy).

The average turnover per person employed in the sector in Europe was around € 125
thousand in 2005 (see Figure 104) and the value-added per person employed amounted to
€ 63 thousand (see Figure 105), although with large differences across EU Member
States. Adjusting apparent labour productivity for wage differences (see Figure 106)126
highlights the relatively high productivity in several of the new Member States (Romania,
Latvia, Lithuania, Bulgaria) and the United Kingdom. Other than for these countries,
there appears to be relatively limited divergence in apparent wage adjusted productivity
across most of the other countries for which data are reported.

One feature of the productivity performance of the sector that seems to be important is the
role of company size. As shown in Figure 107 and Figure 108, for most countries the
level of turnover and value-added per employee is positively related to the size of the
company; though, among the larger EU economies, this relationship is less clear for
Belgium and Finland.

126
Apparent labour productivity is estimated by the ratio (%) of value-added per employed person to average personnel costs
per employee.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 149


7.2.3 Productivity enhancement

Continuous innovations in ICT equipment (hardware) implies that the computer and
related services sector is itself faced by ongoing pressures to innovate to adjust to the new
environment. At the same time, innovations in ICT equipment make a positive
contribution to the productivity of ICT services providers; for example, through enabling
greater speed and/or volumes of information to be processed, or through enhancing the
efficiency of organisation of service processes. At the same time, the computer and
related services sector also plays an important role in their own productivity
enhancement, especially in developing software applications which enable, for example,
more efficient or user-friendly database programmes, or that allow for bundling of
different ICT products (TV on your mobile telephone).

Of course innovations in ICT do not only contribute to productivity enhancement in the


sector itself, but more importantly, they also account for productivity gains in the rest of
the economy. The ICT sector as a whole is said to account for about 40 to 50 percent of
all productivity gains in the EU, while it is frequently argued that differences in
productivity growth between the EU and US are largely explained by the relatively lower
use and integration of ICTs in all sectors of the EU economy.

Although technology seems to be the most important driver for productivity gains in the
sector, there is also attention for organisational aspects, especially among the larger
companies. A main element in this is the increasing trend of outsourcing of ICT services
to lower wage countries like India, most notably in software development, data
processing and database activities. This is partly motivated by costs reasons, but also
driven by the shortage of appropriate labour skills in the EU. Other organisational aspects
include increased attention for better project management in the sector and the
recruitment of appropriate staff.

7.2.4 Demand side conditions

The ICT market has been growing at a relatively rapid rate over the last years, and within
the ICT sector, IT software and services have expanded most rapidly127. The sector is
vulnerable for economic shocks, however, as clients may reduce or postpone some of the
ICT services investments, like the purchase of new software programmes. The growth of
spending on ICT generally fluctuates more strongly than the economy, and is more in line
with growth in investment.

Demand for CRS originates from nearly all other sectors of the economy and both the
private sector and public sector are important clients. Many SMEs use external
consultants for the major part of their IT-related work, such as the design, implementation
and maintenance of computer networks and software in their organisation. Governments
and large companies often have their own IT department and use external providers
mainly for specialist advice or products. There is a clear trend towards outsourcing of
CRS also in large companies, however, and (albeit to a lesser extent) in governments.

127
Source: ICT Office (2008) ICT Marktmonitor 2008, Woerden.

150 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Regarding the type of services demanded, it can again be noted that the distinction
between the different parts of the ICT sector is increasingly blurred. There are for
example requests for the complete design of work places, which includes advice on the
hardware to be bought, purchase and installation of the hardware, installation of software,
and sometimes also the maintenance of the systems. Telecom solutions might also be
included.

One area of concern for European policymakers is that, compared to the USA, the uptake
of ICT by other sectors in the EU is relatively low. This lack of ICT investment by
business can partly be explained by a lack of knowledge: there is not enough expertise,
especially in SMEs, to value the possible contribution ICT can make to the productivity
of the company, or to choose the appropriate technology or software solution. In addition,
the lack of flexibility for companies is sometimes cited as a reason: employment
legislation that makes it difficult or costly to fire staff makes ICT investments less
attractive. Also among individuals there is a lack of demand for ICT products and
services. This is mainly due to a lack of basic computer skills and digital literacy,
especially among the older part of the population. Improved computer and knowledge
skills of the population as a whole are therefore likely to contribute to increased use of
ICT services.

A recent CapGemini survey128 found that for companies to innovate, it is important that
IT services (whether internally or externally provided) have a clear view of the business
processes in the company. In combination with knowledge of technology trends and the
IT market, IT service providers can help think of alternative solution to increase
efficiency or effectiveness of the company’s operations. Increased attention for the role of
ICT (especially the service providers) as a partner to business rather than just supporting
business could therefore also help to increase the uptake of ICT in the economy.

Public sector role


Given the size of their investments in IT, governments – and the public sector more
broadly - play an important role in shaping demand in the CRS sector; for example,
through their procurement policies, governments may often express a preference of one
software model over the other. One illustration of government influence on shaping
demand is the considerable debate over whether or not governments should adopt open
source software models rather than closed source software models. The decisions that
governments make in this respect may impact on the software choices of organisations
working with the public sector, thereby having an important effect on competition as well
as innovation in the sector. Given this potential to influence the market, it is argued that it
important that government procurement decisions should support the creation and
maintenance of a level playing field in the market, implying that they should focus on the
functionality requirements and maintain technological neutrality.

Being a major client of the sector, the public sector can play an important role in further
developing the CRS sector. An often cited example is the further development of e-
Government. This would not only give a boost to computer services (notably software),
but also have an important impact for the economy as a whole by reducing administrative

128
Source: Capgemini Consulting (2008) Global CIO Survey 2008- The role of the IT function in Business Innovation.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 151


burden for business and services. There are currently various initiatives to further develop
e-Government within the EU.

Another issue related to public procurement policy concerns access of SMEs to public
sector markets for CRS, and ICT projects more generally. Partly because of the size of
many government projects is too large for SMEs to enter into competition with larger
companies, the role of SMEs in government procurement is relatively limited. In addition,
administrative requirements and slow decision and payment procedures often limit the
possibilities for SMEs in government procurement.

7.2.5 Competition and business strategies

The CRS sector is much less concentrated than the other segments of the overall ICT
sector; in ICT hardware and telecommunication the degree of market concentration is
much higher. SMEs account for some 60 percent of the value added in the CRS and 90
percent of all micro firms in the ICT sector are employed in this market segment129.

Within the IT sector, the market structure can change rapidly as a result of the
technological developments or of economic trends. Digital convergence, for example, has
given rise to mergers and acquisition between different ICT companies; e.g. telecom
companies merging with software companies or with media companies. Also, when the
sector is expanding, there is often a clear trend of people leaving larger companies to start
a business of their own, while in a declining economy, the reverse may be true. Mergers
and acquisitions also play an important role in the sector, with companies buying up other
companies to reach economies of scale, or to internalise certain specific technological
knowledge while selling off other non-core or less profitable activities.

Within the CRS sector, packaged software is the market segment where economies of
scale are of most importance and with the highest level of market concentration; large
players operating globally (e.g. Microsoft, Oracle and SAP) are active in this segment.
There is a clear trend towards consolidation through mergers and acquisitions in this
segment, although at the same time new start-up companies are continuously entering the
market with new innovations. In other segments of the sector, notably the provision of
hands on ICT support to companies (e.g. network design, maintenance), competition is
less fierce and mostly at a national or even regional level due to the fact that proximity
between service providers and clients often remains very important.

Margins in the sector depend on the market segment. In general, for more standardised
services price competition is fierce and margins are relatively low, while higher margins
are possible as products and services become more customised and innovative. In
segments where competition is fierce, there is more emphasis on cost reductions, for
example through outsourcing. By contrast, price competition in ICT support to SMEs
seems limited, and as long as computer service providers perform in line with the
requirements, trust becomes more important than price. SME clients usually arrive
through informal channels, or they are referred to the companies by major software
producers for which the SMEs are certified (see Section 7.3.1).

129
Source: European Competitiveness report 2006.

152 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Evidence of market segmentation by size is reflected in the fact that larger companies
tend to focus more on larger clients and larger and more complex projects, as well as on
accessing broader markets (i.e. markets of other Member States), especially in the
software segment. By contrast, SMEs in the sector are generally seen as the main drivers
in innovation in new technologies and especially software applications and they are also
good in finding and exploiting niche markets. In addition to these innovative SMEs, there
is also a large group of SMEs offering ‘basic’ computer and related services.

At the same time, cooperation between companies in the sector is important and for larger
projects companies will often team up to make a stronger bid; for example, larger
companies will form partnerships with (and/or buying) smaller specialised or innovative
firms. This also allows smaller companies working in a specific niche to work for bigger
clients. Co-operation is also necessary to deal with the problem of labour shortages and
many larger companies build networks with small companies or self-employed people, in
order to be able to respond to increases in demand for products or specific skills
requirements.

For CRS in general, and notably for software, an important trend is the shifting focus
from product innovation alone to increasing attention for the ability to market and sell
products. In other words, more emphasis is put on anticipating and meeting customer
needs rather than on just building, maintaining and servicing products130. Another
example of recent technological developments in the software market is the increased use
of Software as a Service (SaaS), which means that an application is hosted as a service
that is provided to customers across the internet. By eliminating the need to install and
run the application on the customer's own computer, SaaS alleviates the customer's
burden of software maintenance, ongoing operation, and support. For the SaaS provider,
benefits arise from a continuous revenue stream and better protection of its intellectual
property rights. This relatively new mode is likely to affect the competition and market
structure of the sector, although at this stage its impact is still hard to assess.

7.2.6 Internationalisation

Market for computer and related services are still largely defined along national or even
local lines (with packaged software being the exception). Most clients work with national
(or even local) computer service firms, although some (especially multinational) firms
may also deal with service providers from abroad directly. There are a number of large,
internationally operating companies (e.g. IBM, Cap Gemini), but these companies usually
establish offices in other countries, as local knowledge and proximity to the client are
important in the sector. Nevertheless, there is increasing attention for off-shoring part of
the services offered, mostly the more standardised services or services that require little
interaction with the client. Although this is especially important for larger companies, it is
clear that SMEs are also looking at the possibilities for off-shoring at least part of their
services. More knowledge intensive services and service that require interaction with the
client are usually performed in-house.

130
See G. Brooks (2006) Software development: a core competency? SDTimes on the web, 1 April 2006.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 153


The extent of off-shoring in the EU seems to depend on geographical, cultural and
historical factors. For example, lower language and cultural barriers to off-shoring can
explain the UK’s and Ireland’s significantly higher allocation of IT budget to off-shoring
delivery, primarily to India. In France, more than 60% of companies have “a policy or
tradition against offshore outsourcing” and the use of off-shoring is, as a consequence,
low.131 In addition, while global companies put more emphasis on using more offshore
and electronic delivery, smaller companies operating regionally tend to focus more on
near-shoring (i.e. off-shoring to nearby locations).

The position of the EU in trade in ICT services is relatively strong, although data on this
trade are limited. According to the European Competitiveness Report 2006132, evidence
suggests that EU has a comparative advantage in ICT services. Total EU shares of OECD
exports amounted to 70% of communication services and 80% of computer and
information services, with Ireland, the UK and Belgium being the main exporters of
computer services. ICT services (i.e. including communications) show a trade surplus.
The larger availability of high-skilled labour in the Eastern European EU countries who
work at relatively low wages has increased the international competitiveness of EU
computer service providers.

7.3 Screening of regulatory and other framework conditions

The purpose of this sector is to identify and prioritise the key issues facing Computer and
related services sector both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of
interactions between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry
(manufacturing). The analysis is based around a screening of the sector in relation to the
main regulatory and framework conditions133; the overall assessment is summarised in
Table 19.

7.3.1 Regulatory conditions and standards

EU standards and regulations


There is no common framework of standards and regulations in the EU, nearly all
standards and regulations for the ICT sector are formulated at a national level. The EU
has acknowledged this problem and has taken several initiatives in recent years to
improve the situation134. In 2005, the EC launched the initiative “i2010- A European
Information Society for growth and employment”, which aims to boost efficiency
throughout the economy trough wider use of ICTs. It is based on three pillars:
• Creating the single European Information Space, which promotes an open and
competitive internal market for information society and media services;
• Increasing investment in innovation and research in ICT;
• Fostering inclusion, better public services and quality of life through the use of ICT;

131
Source: CapGemini Consulting (2006) European CIO Survey, views on future IT delivery 2006.
132
Ibid, footnote 122.
133
This analysis is in accordance with the general framework for assessment of regulatory and framework conditions agreed
as part of the Framework Contract of Sectoral Competitiveness Studies.
134
Source: EU ICT Task Force (2006) Fostering he competitiveness of Europe’s ICT industry, EU ICT Task Force report,
November 2006.

154 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


To achieve those aims there are various actions such as regulation, funding for research
and pilot projects, promotion activities and partnerships with stakeholders135.

In 2006, the EC created and ICT Task Force in order to:


• Identify major obstacles to the ICT sector’s competitiveness and the uptake of ICTs;
• Help mobilize the sector and draw the attention of Member States to the obstacles
identified;
• Recommend possible policy options.
This taskforce consists of representatives from industry, trade unions, SMEs, Chambers
of Commerce, consumers, investors and academia136.

A major policy issue for the sector is security. Security is essential for the development of
the sector as it affects trust of customer in ICT products. Other issues include privacy and
spam. There are several initiatives at the EU to commonly discuss solutions to these
problems (like the EC’s Communication ‘towards a general policy on the fight against
cyber crime’ published in May 2007 and the above mentioned i2010 initiative), but so far
most rules and regulations affecting the sector are formulated at Member State level.

There are also a large number of directives at EU level that directly of indirectly affect
the sector. Some examples include, Directive 2006/24/EC on the retention of data,
Directive 2000/31/EC on electronic commerce, Directive 1999/93/EC on electronic
signatures, Directive 2001/029/EC copyright and related rights in the information society,
Directive 2002/58/EC on privacy and electronic communications, Directive 2007/64/EC
on payments services in the internal market, etc137. It goes beyond the scope of this study
to analyse how all these and other directives affect the sector. What can be said, however,
is that this plethora of different directives gives rise to confusion both among companies
in the sector and their clients, especially because they are sometimes implemented in
different ways in the various EU member states. In addition, an important question is how
quickly regulation can be developed in light of the high speed of change in the sector.

Client sector standards and regulations


Client sector standards and regulations are mostly reflected in the functionality
requirements and specifications that are laid down in contracts with the service providers,
and seem to have little impact on the computer and related services sector itself. Only the
standards set by governments in their contracts are sometimes said to influence standards
in the markets, although research on the importance of this issue is lacking.

Sector-level standards and regulations


The sector standards can be divided in two types: technical standards, and quality
standards. With respect to technical standards, there are quite a number of technical
standards that affect the sector. This may involve standards related to specific
technologies (e.g. GSM, UMTS, WiFi, Bluetooth), or related to specific issues (e.g.

135
For more information, see: http://ec.europa.eu/information_society/eeurope/i2010/index_en.htm
136
http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/ict/policy/taskforce/taskforce_en.htm
137
Sources: Anderson, R., Boehme, R., Clayton, R. and Moore, T. (2008) Security Economics and the internal market,
commissioned by European Network and Information Security Agency; and the EC 2007 ICT standardisation work
programme.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 155


security, interoperability)138. The latter often concern voluntary standards, which are
sometimes obligatory for government organisations. These standards are largely
determined at national levels, although there is also co-operation at EU level (e.g. through
sector associations) or even global level to prevent divergence. Some standards are
developed in co-operation between companies in the sector, governments, and other
relevant stakeholders139. International organisations like ISO have also defined technical
standards for the sector.

There is increasing attention for quality standards, partly as a result of the relatively high
number of software project failures. Reports of the Standish Group show that in 1994
only 16 percent of all software projects were regarded as successful (i.e. meeting business
objectives and within budget and schedule), while 31 percent of the projects failed. Since
then, there have been improvements in the sector, with the figures in 2006 indicating a
failure rate of 19 percent and a success rate of 35 percent140. Despite the considerable
improvement in success rates, the figures also show that there is still much room for
improvement of performance.

Big ICT suppliers work with certificates from major IT companies that function as a
quality label. Examples include certificates of SAP, the Microsoft Gold Certified
Partnership and a certificate for being HP Preferred partner. Getting such a certificate
usually requires employees attending trainings and earning points that way. For large
companies it is common to have such certificates, while for smaller companies it may be
quite costly. On the other hand, having such a certificate makes it significantly easier to
get services from the certificate providers and these providers also direct customers to the
ICT companies which have their certificate. As these certificates also function as a
quality label, they also help to attract new clients indirectly.

There are a number of other quality standards that are being used, for example the general
quality standard ISO 9001 for organisations, or, at project level, Prince 2, which is a
method for effective project management, originally designed for the ICT sector, but now
also applied in other sectors. ISO 9126 is an international standard for the evaluation of
software quality. Because of the increased attention for software quality and project
management quality, there are currently various initiatives at national and international
level to develop new or improved standards for the quality of services and related project
management.

7.3.2 ‘Other’ framework conditions

Knowledge and innovation


Knowledge and innovation are of prime importance in the IT sector, given the fast
technological developments and need to adjust accordingly in order to stay competitive.

138
An example of this include ODF which will become obligatory for the Dutch government. ODF stands for Open Document
Format, which means that the software used in the government must be able to read all office documents, from different
versions. (see http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=43485 for more
information).
139
An example of this is the standard eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL), which was developed by an
international non-profit consortium of approximately 450 major companies, organisations and government agencies.
140
Source: Software Development Times, Standish Group Report: There’s Less Development Chaos Today, 1 March 2007.

156 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


R&D is therefore an important issue in CRS sector. According to the EU Competitiveness
Report 2006, Europe spends much less on R&D in the ICT sector the US and Japan. A
specific characteristic of the EU’s ICT sector is that R&D investments are strongly
concentrated in larger firms, while SMEs spends relatively much less. At the same time,
in comparison with their non-EU counterparts, those EU companies that invest in R&D
tend to invest more. This gives EU firms a competitive advantage in activities with high
R&D sunk costs. On the other hand, there seems to be a need to stimulate R&D activities
among smaller firms; for example, by increasing access to finance (venture capital) or
increasing their access to publicly funded research programmes.

Intellectual property rights (IPRs) are an important issue for the sector. There is some
controversy over the use of IPRs in the sector, and both academic literature141 and the
EU’s ICT task force are not univocal about the benefits and costs of IPRs. IPRs seem to
stimulate innovation of large players, while on the other hand reducing market entry by
new players and also reducing the ability of other companies to use the new knowledge or
technology to further improve or develop their products and services. When IPRs are
used, it is important to keep the associated costs of patents low. There are a number of
initiatives underway in the EU to achieve this142.

An important issue in the sector concerning knowledge and innovation is the use of open
source software for computer and related services. There is increasing attention for the
use and benefits of open source software, especially after the success of initiatives like
LINUX. Open Source Software is open to everyone (as opposed to proprietary software);
people are free to use, copy and modify it, and to redistribute modified versions of it.
Ghosh (2006) indicates that two-thirds of this software is written by individuals, while
firms contribute about 15 percent and other institutions around 20 percent.143 As much of
the OSS development is done by individuals who are not directly paid for it, Ghosh
estimates that this saves the industry over 36 percent in software R&D investment.
Market penetration is increasing, and the EU is the leading region in terms of globally
collaborating software developers. Although the US has the edge in terms of large
businesses making use of OSS, the greater individual contribution from the EU has led to
an increasing number of globally successful European SMEs in OSS. Given the relatively
good performance of the EU in this market segment and the effects of the segment on the
ICT sector as a whole in terms of innovation and competitiveness, it is important to take
this into account when designing or implementing policies, for example in public
procurement of software, public R&D funding or tax treatment (while at the same time
level playing field considerations (technological neutrality) need to be taken into
account).

141
See for example Cockburn, I. and MacGarvie, M. (2006) Entry, exit and patenting in the software industry, NBER working
paper 12563.
142
For example, the London Agreement that entered into force in May 2008, and which reduces translation costs for European
patents.
143
Gohosh, R. A. (2006) Study on the Economic Impact of Open Source Software on innovation and the competitiveness of
the Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) sector in the EU, MERIT, report prepared for the European
Commission, November 2006.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 157


Labour force and skills
ICT skills among the EU workforce are very important for the development and uptake of
ICT in the economy. There is a clear shortage of ICT workers, however, and the number
of students in IT-related education has decreased over the last years. At the end of the last
century, demand for ICT staff was booming but this came to an end in 2001 with the
dot.com bubble burst. Demand has been increasing again since 2003, but it is clear that
there are skills shortages in specific segments of the labour market especially for people
with longer experience.

Many of the big companies are employing young people with little ICT education and
experience to provide the necessary education themselves. Some have also established
relationships with educational institutions. An example if the co-operation between Intel’s
Philanthropic Education Group with UC Berkeley’s Haas Business School of
Entrepreneurship in developing the worldwide programme and curricula for “Technology
Entrepreneurship- Theory to practice”. Over 300 professors in Europe have been trained
to teach this course144. Companies see benefits of such programmes in having both better
educated employees as well as clients/consumers. For SMEs, similar initiatives are much
more difficult due to financial constraints and, furthermore, a relatively high staff
turnover rate in the sector is also a factor that discourages investment in employee
training.

Next to training at the start of a career, continuous training of employees is an important


issue for all companies in the sector. With the high rate of innovation and technology
development associated with the sector, companies need to be aware of the latest
developments in order to remain competitive. In addition, the increased attention to
marketing, sales and project management competencies require more attention to be
given to entrepreneurial skills among the IT work force.

The gender balance is also an issue in the sector. According to an OECD report145 women
have low shares of ICT-specialist employment, and these shares seem to be remaining
constant or even declining. In 2004, the share of women in computer and related activities
in the EU was less than 25 percent. Also in education, women tend to be relatively under-
represented in computer sciences. Increasing the participation rate of women both in
computer studies and in the sector may thus be another way to reduce labour shortages for
the sector.

EU expansion has made it easier to either relocate parts of production to Eastern Europe
or to use migrants from this region, which are generally well educated and work for
relatively low wages. This also partly contributes to reducing labour shortages in the
sector. In addition, off-shoring of activities to non-EU countries provides an option to
address labour shortages.

144
Source: Council of European Professional Informatics Societies (2006) Thinking ahead on e-skills for the ICT industry in
Europe, Harnessing our strengths and diversity for the World Stage, December 2006.
145
Source: OECD Working Party on the Information Economy (2007) ICTs and gender, DSTI/ICCP/IE(2006)9/final.

158 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Market access
Market access is an issue in the sector; there are several barriers that limit trade between
countries. Although most countries made commitments under the General Agreement of
Trade in Services (GATS) under the WTO for Computer and related services, according
to the World Information Technology and Services Alliance (WITSA) there are a number
of key countries that made either no commitments or only partial commitments, although
WITSA does not specify these countries146. WITSA notes in addition that since the
concluding of the Uruguay Round in 1995, a lot of technological developments have
taken place, but stresses that existing commitments should also be applied on goods and
services that can now be delivered electronically. Furthermore, it stresses that the relative
liberal trade regime for software should not be jeopardised because the means of delivery
has changed from a physical medium to electronically delivered software.

Liberalisation of trade and market access in other sectors is also important for computer
and related services. This is the case for example for telecommunications and electronics,
but also for services that are important for e-commerce transactions, like advertising
services and online payment services. In addition, there are the “horizontal rules” that
play a role in the sector. Government procurement is an issue as in many countries where
access of competitors from abroad to public contracts is still limited. In addition,
intellectual property rights constitute an important non-tariff barrier for the sector, as the
rules and regulations of IPRs differ between countries, leading to significant costs for
companies willing to trade.

Certain national regulations can also play a role in market access. For example, the EU
Data Protection Directive (1995/46) can be burdensome for companies from abroad that
rely on data exchange, as this directive allows the transmission of EU data to third
countries only if those countries are deemed by the European Commission to provide an
adequate level of protection by reason of their domestic law or of the international
commitments they have.

Structural change
Over the last decade, there has been a significant increase in off-shoring activities in the
sector. The outsourcing started as a result of s shortage of labour in the EU, and because
of cost reasons, especially since the decline of the sector in 2001. Next to these demand
aspects, more general trends like decreasing costs and increased ease of communication,
improved ICT infrastructure in third countries and increased openness to FDI have also
contributed to outsourcing of IT services. The extent of outsourcing varies widely within
the EU, with the UK outsourcing a relatively large proportion of its services and, for
example, Italy a relatively low proportion147. Differences in labour regulations and other
administrative procedures (e.g. time to get a work permit) seem to contribute to these
differences, next to cultural and language differences (see Section 7.2.6). There are no
reliable statistical data for outsourcing in the sector, however.

146
Source: WITSA (200%) WITSA Statement on the upcoming Hong Kong Ministerial, October 2005.
147
Source: Engmann, M. (2005) International sourcing of IT and business process services: experience from the United
States, Europe and India, paper prepared for the WTO symposium on cross border supply of services, 28-29 April 2005.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 159


The outsourcing trend can contribute to the competitiveness of the sector in the EU, by
increasing efficiency and reducing costs. Given the labour shortage in the sector, it does
not seem to contribute to unemployment in the sector. Some countries in the EU have
benefited from in-shoring, notably from US companies. Following EU enlargement,
companies in Eastern Europe have also experienced increased trade and investment in the
IT sector. The EU is especially attractive for the more knowledge-intensive computer and
related services.

Competition issues
As indicated earlier, competition in the computer and related services market is mainly
national and not international. Nevertheless, at global level there are a number of players
that have acquired large economies of scale and experience in operating globally that
implies that it is difficult to compete with these players. Microsoft is a well-known
example in relation to competition issues (active in the packaged software segment). At
national level, there is also increased concentration, as especially larger players are active
in mergers and acquisitions. In Section 7.1 it was already shown that a relatively small
number of larger firms within the sector account for a substantial proportion of total
turnover and employment but, in itself this provides no evidence of potential competition
problems. The large number of SMEs in the sector seems to point to limited entry
barriers. Most services require limited starting capital. Other forms of market
segmentation may also be present in which competition may be an issue, for example on
a geographical basis or for particular services, but it is beyond this study to evaluate
whether these give rise to any possible concerns.

The current trend in the sector towards integration of vertical chains (e.g. hardware
producers offering also services) and the emergence of new horizontal markets as a result
of the digital convergence, as well as the fast developments in the market as a result of
technological change more generally pose a challenge for regulation of competition in the
sector.

7.3.3 Exogenous conditions and trends

Technological change
Technological change is important for the sector. CRS seem to be mostly affected by
developments in the wider ICT market, while at the same time the sector is contributing
itself to technological change in the sector; e.g. in the case of the digital convergence
mentioned earlier.

The ICT sector as a whole is a main driver of technological change and innovation for the
other parts of the economy. Computer and related services play a particularly important
role as they can act as an intermediary between technology and clients: depending on the
needs of the clients, the services sector helps to find appropriate technological solutions
(either in selecting, installing and maintaining hardware, developing software, etc. ). In
this way the sector plays a role in increasing ICT uptake within the economy.

Social and demographic change


Demographic change and the ageing population may pose problems for the CRS sector in
terms of availability of skilled workers and, as mentioned earlier, the lack of workers with

160 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


relevant IT skills has already been raised as an issue for the sector. Increased (temporary)
migration will partly help to resolve this problem and EU enlargement and integration has
facilitated the use of migrants from within the EU. There have also been various
initiatives to facilitate to temporary migration of high-skilled people from other countries;
for example shortened or simplified entry and working permit procedures (e.g. the current
EU proposals for an EU Blue Card).

Global competition
As indicated in Section 7.2.6, markets for computer services are mainly national or even
local. Nevertheless, there are a number of strong players that operate globally, like SAP,
Microsoft, IBM, etc. This is especially true for packaged software. US companies
dominate the world market, but also EU companies are able to compete internationally.
The larger international companies are able to benefit from economies of scale and have
also built up a lot of knowledge of operating in the global market. Combined with
considerable mergers and acquisitions in the sector, these factors have contributed to
increasing concentration in the sector. As a result, it is difficult for other companies to
acquire a similar position on the world market. Despite this trend towards consolidation
in the sector, global competition has been increasing over the last decades. Especially for
the more standardised services, India, China, the Philippines, Ukraine, Russia and also
Eastern Europe have become more important.

7.4 Overview of potential policy issues

The purpose of this section is to identify and prioritise potential areas for European policy
initiatives both in terms of the sectors own development, and in terms of interactions
between the sector and its clients, specifically those in industry (manufacturing). To begin
with, the possible arguments (justification) for possible policy intervention from an from
an economic standpoint are examined. After this, the analysis is based around a screening
of the sector in relation to existing industrial policy initiatives and some specific themes
relevant to the business services sector; the overall assessment is summarised in Table 19.

7.4.1 Key arguments for policy intervention

Social externalities
ICT solutions are able to contribute to respond to some of the EU’s social challenges (e.g.
in the field of health care or environment). In this sense, it is commonly felt that ICT can
contribute to the general quality of life of citizens. In addition, given the effect the sector
(although including ICT manufacturing and communications) has on the productivity of
the economy as a whole (see Section 7.2.3), the sector has a very important and still
increasing role in today’s society. At the same time, increased reliance of ICT systems
and CRS means that temporary breakdowns of ICT equipment or software are for many
companies now almost equally costly as power failures.

CRS services also play an important role in knowledge diffusion in society, notably with
the developments related to Internet. The Internet also has an increasingly social aspect,
for example with the various social networking sites. Services in the wider economy may
also improve due to the interaction and feedback made possible by Internet; for example,

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 161


related to content (e.g. Wikipedia) or reputation and feedback on products or services
(e.g. Tripadvisor).

Security of ICT is an important topic in the sector that affects the society at large. The
direct cost to Europe of protective measures and electronic fraud is estimated to be
billions of Euros; and growing public concerns about information security hinder the
development of both markets and public services, giving rise to even greater indirect
costs148.

Market power and competition


Issues of market power and competition revolve around the existence and abuse of market
power (e.g. entry barriers, monopolistic competition, etc.). As noted under Section 7.2.5,
there is no prima facie evidence that this is a problem for the computer and related
services sector. At the same time there are well reported examples of possible
competition problems due to the dominant position of some leading CRS companies (e.g.
Microsoft case).

Information asymmetries
Information asymmetries arise when buyers and sellers are not well informed of the
services to be provided, or where information is not equally distributed between them. In
the context of CRS, buyer-side lack of information can relate to the performance of the
service provider since this cannot be ascertained in advance. As there are no commonly
used quality standards in the sector, reputation of service providers can therefore be
important. With respect to the importance of asymmetry of information and quality of the
services, there is a difference between large and small clients: as the projects for smaller
clients are usually less complex and of shorter duration, the risk of project failures is
much smaller, and as a result, less attention is paid to the selection of the best service
provider.

As noted in Section 7.3.1 attention for quality standards in the sector is increasing. Better
(independent) information and systems to evaluate the ‘quality’ of contractors,
particularly during selection procedures but also an evaluation system for services
actually provided would help to reduce the problem of information asymmetry. Although
a quality standard would still not provide a full guarantee for successful
projects/contracts, as much depends on individuals and also on the interaction of a project
manager with the client, it will increase the likelihood of successful projects.

7.4.2 Screening against policy initiatives

Table 20 provides an initial screening of the computer and related services sector against
existing and potential EU horizontal ‘industrial’ policy initiatives149, and a number of
additional possible services related initiatives. This attempts to identify those policy
initiatives that, if introduced or extended, could be of most relevance for the industrial
cleaning sector, in particular in terms of raising performance (e.g. productivity
improvements) and/or creating opportunities for sector development.

148
Source: see footnote 17.
149
Based on the Mid-term Review of Industrial Policy, COM(2007) 374.

162 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Table 19 ICT and computer related services: screening of framework conditions

Regulatory & ‘other’ framework conditions Relevance

Heading Item Issues Sector- Industry-


level service
interactions

National regulatory ƒ Divergence in national regulations


„ „
measures
ƒ Plethora of directives that affect the sector
EU regulatory
ƒ Initiatives towards common rules and standards „„ „„
measures
at EU level in the sector.
Regulatory
Completion of internal ƒ Not seen as an issue for the sector
conditions - -
market legislation
Industry and ƒ Increasing attention for quality standards
professional
„ „„
regulations and
standards
Knowledge: R&D, ƒ Innovation important in the sector
innovation and ƒ Increased use of open source software
„„„ „„
product/service ƒ Different views on importance of IPRs
development
ƒ High shortage of IT skilled and experienced
Labour force, labour
„„„ „„
knowledge and skills ƒ Continuous training and more attention for
project management

ƒ Sector is relatively open to foreign competition


‘Other’
ƒ Government procurement not always open to
framework
Market access (trade foreign competition
conditions „„ „
and investment) ƒ Differences in IPR regimes cause NTBs
ƒ Changes in modes of delivery may affect
commitments made

Structural change ƒ Trend towards outsourcing and off-shoring „„ „„„


ƒ Competition mainly national or even regional
ƒ Increased concentration at national level, but
Competition policy
limited entry barriers „„ „
issues
ƒ Rapid changes in market structure and
competition due to technological developments

ƒ Sector itself is major driver of technological


Technological change „„ „„„
change

ƒ Decreasing labour force


Social and
ƒ Increased migration „„ „
Exogenous demographic change
ƒ Ageing of the population
conditions
ƒ Limited number of players dominate global
market
Global competition „„ „„
ƒ More international competition for standardised
services.

- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 163


Table 20 ICT and computer related services: screening of policy initiatives

EU policy areas Relevance


Heading Initiatives Sector issues
ƒ Differences in IPR regimes cause NTBs
Trade policy ƒ Mode of delivery should not affect existing „
Trade
commitments

ƒ Lack of common sector standards and regulations


Proper functioning of the
within the EU „
internal market

ƒ More access to government procurement in third


countries
Public procurement „„
ƒ More access to public procurement for SMEs
ƒ Technological neutrality
Better Competition policy ƒ Fast developments in sector affect competition „„
regulation
ƒ Harmonisation of national standards and regulations
Better regulation and
ƒ Development of common industry standards and „
simplification
codes of practice etc

Technical standards ƒ Development of common industry wide standards „


Other standards ƒ Increasing attention quality standards „„
Health and safety -
ƒ Innovation important for sector
Research and development „„„
ƒ Mainly in larger companies

ƒ Ambiguous effect on innovation


Intellectual property rights „„
ƒ Costs of patents should be limited

ƒ Better promotion of computer services as a partner


Innovation policy rather than support function in business to stimulate „„„
Knowledge
innovation
and skills
ƒ Enlarging of the IT educated workforce
Employment, qualifications, ƒ Facilitation of immigration of high-skilled labour
„„„
skills / Flexicurity ƒ Attention to entrepreneurial skills and life-long
learning

ƒ For SMEs access to finance an issue in relation to


Access to finance / risk capital „
R&D

Energy and Waste, water, air ƒ ICT solutions for environmental efficiency. „
environment Intensive energy use -

Structural Anticipation -
Change Tertiarisation -
Organisational and services ƒ More attention for project management, marketing
„„
innovation and sales

Support for knowledge


„„
intensive business services
Services
Measurement and recognition
„„
of intangible assets
Regional actions (demand and
„
supply matching)
- No or limited relevance
„ Relevant
„„ Important
„„„ Very important

164 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 95 Computer services and related activities: number of companies by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

40,000

20,000

0
UK IT FR DE SE ES PL HU NL PT AT BE RO NO DK GR FI BG SI SK LT LV LU EE CY
Companies 102,55 89,506 53,320 47,104 30,356 28,568 28,254 22,966 17,630 12,736 12,697 11,379 10,771 9,348 7,488 5,799 4,620 2,792 2,254 1,387 1,322 1,060 1,043 962 171

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 96 Computer services and related activities: turnover by country, € million 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

100,000

90,000

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0
UK DE FR IT ES SE NL BE DK NO AT FI PL HU PT GR RO LU SI SK BG LT LV EE CY
Turnover 86,237 59,721 49,544 37,971 18,223 15,930 15,505 8,314 7,358 6,128 6,110 4,707 3,982 2,770 2,366 1,703 1,179 1,021 710 670 284 247 193 184 120

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 165


Figure 97 Computer services and related activities: employment by country, 2005 (Eurostat estimates)

700,000

600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

0
UK DE IT FR ES NL SE PL BE HU AT DK RO FI NO PT GR BG SK SI LT LV LU EE CY
Employed 584,81 395,90 366,94 348,57 195,37 132,47 102,01 80,020 54,821 53,328 47,898 45,736 41,942 38,871 36,131 34,059 19,001 13,919 13,359 8,410 6,708 6,350 5,109 4,686 1,853

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 98 Computer services and related activities: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy turnover
by country, 2005 (%)

3.50

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
SE UK DK LU FR DE FI IT NL NO AT HU SI BE ES SK RO PL PT LV LT GR EE BG EU*
Share of NFNUBE turnover 2.96 2.66 1.94 1.67 1.66 1.61 1.59 1.55 1.53 1.45 1.38 1.34 1.22 1.19 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.82 0.80 0.66 0.66 0.65 0.63 0.49 1.71

Source: Eurostat SBS

166 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 99 Computer services and related activities: share of total non-financial and non-utility business economy
employment by country, 2005 (%)

4.50

4.00

3.50

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
SE UK FI NL NO DK LU IT FR BE HU AT DE SK SI ES EE PL RO PT LV BG LT GR EU*
Share of NFNUBE emp 3.91 3.25 3.20 2.85 2.84 2.70 2.50 2.47 2.46 2.30 2.17 2.05 1.94 1.50 1.50 1.47 1.21 1.09 1.08 1.05 1.05 0.79 0.79 0.77 2.16

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 100 Computer services and related activities: breakdown of number of companies by company size (number of
employees), 2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
LV SK DE LI AT ES IT RO NL SI LU FI DK FR NO PL BE SE PT HU GR EU*
1 empl 30.5 34.8 48.1 48.8 57.4 59.1 61.7 64.3 64.7 65.8 67.4 68.3 70.8 74.8 75.3 75.3 76.4 83.0 83.0 83.5 89.4 67.0
2-9 empl 58.5 47.0 40.1 40.5 37.3 33.1 32.9 30.0 28.2 27.3 22.3 22.0 21.6 17.5 19.2 22.6 18.1 13.0 14.0 14.0 7.9 26.6
10-19 empl 6.9 11.8 5.9 5.9 2.8 3.9 3.5 3.0 3.7 3.6 4.6 4.1 3.8 3.3 2.9 0.9 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.4 1.3 3.3
20-49 empl 2.7 3.5 3.8 3.2 1.6 2.3 1.2 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.8 3.0 2.4 2.7 1.7 0.6 1.9 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.8 1.9
50-249 empl 1.2 1.7 1.7 0.8 1.3 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.5 1.7 2.3 1.1 1.3 0.8 0.5 1.1 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.5 0.9
250 or more 0.2 3.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 167


Figure 101 Computer services and related activities: breakdown of turnover by company size (number of employees), 2005
(%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
ES DE FI FR NL PL SE DK SK NO IT AT BE RO GR LU LI HU EU*
1 empl 3.5 3.3 4.4 3.7 6.8 13.7 13.2 10.3 1.2 6.7 6.9 7.3 15.7 9.8 24.9 9.8 3.3 22.4 6.0
2-9 empl 10.4 9.8 10.2 9.3 10.1 12.5 9.8 13.8 15.9 15.4 16.4 18.6 13.1 17.2 9.7 11.5 24.9 22.0 11.7
10-19 empl 5.2 6.0 6.2 6.1 9.4 5.8 6.8 6.9 9.6 8.5 11.2 8.5 7.7 7.6 10.9 21.5 12.1 11.5 7.4
20-49 empl 7.6 10.7 9.6 13.0 12.4 6.8 10.1 10.1 15.1 11.9 11.1 12.7 12.8 19.6 10.8 22.4 26.0 13.8 11.1
50-249 empl 15.4 17.9 34.0 19.1 15.2 29.7 18.9 20.2 22.2 17.8 30.1 27.7 31.4 35.8 33.8 23.4 19.2
250 or more 57.9 52.3 35.6 48.8 46.0 31.5 41.1 38.7 58.2 35.3 36.5 22.9 22.9 14.4 8.0 34.8 0.0 6.8 43.7

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 102 Computer services and related activities: breakdown of employment by company size (number of employees),
2005 (%)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%
FR FI GR SE ES DK DE NL BE NO SK AT IT LU PL LV RO HU LI EU*
1 empl 2.3 4.8 11.7 6.6 8.3 11.0 5.6 11.9 15.8 8.3 4.4 15.2 15.0 9.1 29.2 5.1 16.5 36.0 9.6 10.3
2-9 empl 11.0 11.2 9.6 15.0 17.4 13.0 16.7 15.6 13.8 18.6 25.3 25.3 29.2 18.9 26.4 35.7 28.5 20.6 31.8 19.0
10-19 empl 7.0 6.7 6.0 9.0 7.7 8.4 9.4 10.1 6.9 10.0 15.4 9.9 11.2 13.2 4.4 14.7 10.4 7.9 15.5 8.9
20-49 empl 13.0 10.8 8.7 12.4 10.4 11.6 13.7 10.6 12.3 13.3 12.1 12.9 9.1 24.8 6.5 13.2 14.5 8.8 17.8 11.4
50-249 empl 20.3 30.4 14.3 21.3 18.5 20.0 20.1 12.3 22.7 21.5 22.1 14.3 17.8 22.0 18.5 12.5 25.3 18.2
250 or more 46.3 36.0 49.6 35.7 37.8 36.0 34.4 39.4 28.4 28.3 42.8 14.5 21.3 34.0 15.7 9.3 11.6 14.2 0.0 31.1

Source: Eurostat SBS

168 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 103 Computer services and related activities: share of personnel costs in value of production, 2005 (%)

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

0
LT PL BG RO IT LV BE HU PT SK UK EE SI NL SE DE AT DK NO FI GR ES LU FR CY EU*
Share of personnel costs in production 23 23 24 27 29 29 32 33 34 34 37 37 37 39 41 41 42 43 43 43 44 45 45 45 48 38

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 104 Computer services and related activities: turnover per worker, 2005 (€ thousand)

250

200

150

100

50

0
BG RO LV LT EE PL SK HU CY PT SI GR ES IT NL FI AT FR UK DE BE SE DK NO LU EU*
Turnover per worker 20 28 30 37 39 50 50 52 65 69 84 90 93 103 117 121 128 142 147 151 152 156 161 170 200 125.5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 169


Figure 105 Computer services and related activities: value added per worker, 2005 (€ thousand)

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
BG RO LT HU LV EE PL SK PT SI GR CY ES IT NL AT LU FI BE FR SE DE DK NO UK EU*
V.A. per worker 9 12 14 15 15 17 18 22 29 33 38 41 43 44 60 60 64 65 67 68 69 76 77 85 89 63.3

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 106 Computer services and related activities: wage adjusted labour productivity (apparent labour productivity by
average personnel costs), 2005 (€ thousand)

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
LU BE IT SE HU AT FR ES NO SI EE DK FI GR NL DE PL PT CY SK BG UK LT LV RO EU*
Adj. Lab. Prod 95 104 106 108 109 113 114 116 119 119 119 122 124 124 125 128 129 133 139 139 155 161 173 177 184 126

Source: Eurostat SBS

170 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


Figure 107 Computer services and related activities: turnover per worker by company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

250.0

200.0

150.0

100.0

50.0

0.0
RO LI EE PL HU GR ES IT FI NL AT FR SE BE DE DK NO EU*
2-49 empl 23.3 35.6 40.9 33.5 66.0 115.5 61.2 81.2 109.6 102.7 105.2 129.8 114.8 154.6 100.2 150.0 144.6 91.2
50-249 empl 47.7 49.2 46.2 82.9 96.9 223.6 77.6 128.9 135.4 143.9 174.1 133.7 138.4 184.8 134.2 162.5 174.7 125.0
250 or more 34.9 100.0 24.9 14.4 143.1 177.8 119.7 136.8 201.3 149.8 179.8 122.3 229.0 173.2 212.1 166.5

Source: Eurostat SBS

Figure 108 Computer services and related activities: value-added per worker by company size, 2005 (€ thousand)

120.0

100.0

80.0

60.0

40.0

20.0

0.0
RO LI EE PL HU GR ES IT FI NL AT FR SE BE DE DK NO EU*
2-49 empl 9.3 11.7 17.2 16.2 12.1 48.5 32.1 34.2 50.9 52.8 50.3 56.8 60.1 65.5 55.9 74.9 76.6 43.5
50-249 empl 19.2 21.6 23.2 39.0 33.1 93.9 43.5 55.5 76.6 65.9 77.9 68.7 68.4 83.3 65.5 73.9 94.7 60.5
250 or more 15.7 14.5 36.1 6.1 58.8 73.0 69.9 75.7 95.0 68.8 74.1 63.9 108.0 91.0 100.8 77.3

Source: Eurostat SBS

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 171


8 Facilities Management

8.1 Introduction

The development of facilities management has been raised as an important development


for operational business services provision. This chapter provides a brief overview of the
understanding of facilities management and potential policy issues.

8.2 Facilities management – terms and definitions

8.2.1 Different views on facilities management

The term “Facilities Management” (or “Facility Management”, named hereafter FM) has
a very general meaning and covers different aspects in different countries.

In the US FM is strongly focused on workplace efficiency and management of the


facilities. Compared to the UK definition, the American definition pays more attention to
the technical issues and installations. The main target is the physical workplace.

In the UK (and some other European countries) facilities management has a wider
definition than simply the management of buildings and services. The UK employee
based approach pays relatively less attention to the technology. Most attention is paid to
the core business and employee support. The definition of FM provided by the European
Committee for Standardization (CEN) and ratified by BSI British Standards is: “Facilities
management is the integration of processes within an organization to maintain and
develop the agreed services which support and improve the effectiveness of its primary
activities”. The British Institute of Facilities Management has formally adopted the CEN
definition but also offers a slightly simpler description: "Facilities management is the
integration of multi-disciplinary activities within the built environment and the
management of their impact upon people and the workplace"

Finally, in many other European countries (e.g. Denmark, Finland) FM is understood as a


user-based management that can contain all the facility services and tasks from the
strategic to the operational level. The main connecting point is that it is supportive to the
core businesses. This broad view on FM can also be found in Australia, where the term
“Facilities Management” has even been replaced by “Commercial Services” in some
organizations. Commercial services can define services other than just looking after
facilities, such as security, parking, waste disposal, facility services and strategic
planning.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 173


8.2.2 Facilities Management sector: different players

The FM industry can be defined as the group of companies delivering and providing a
range of facility services to a client either directly or by sub-contracting, where the
emphasis is primarily on the management aspect of these services. Three different types
of FM companies can be distinguished: the managing agent, the managing contractor and
the total facilities management company.

The managing agent is an external organization or individual who manages the client
organisation’s own employees. This type of facilities management organisation is rather
unusual in most European countries, but often used in the UK.

A more broadly used type is the managing contractor. In the managing contractor
arrangement there is one contract between the client organization and the appointed
contractor. Subcontractors are under contract to the managing contractor and do not have
a contractual relationship with the client organization. As such, client companies have a
single point of contact with the contractor on all matters pertaining to service provision.

150
Figure 109: Managing Contractor

A third type of facilities management service provision is total facilities management


(also called “integrated FM” or “total workplace management”), an arrangement where
all facilities of a client are managed by an external entity for a fixed price. This model
offers an advantage for one organization to manage and run all facility services. It is
considered to cause less transactions and costs compared to the multi-level contractor
models.

150
Based on Atkin B. & Brooks A. (2000), Total facilities management, Blackwell Science, 180 p.

174 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


151
Figure 110: Total facilities management

The outsourcing of facilities management by client companies is growing in importance


and more and more companies are supplying facilities management services to third
parties. Companies that are in anyway related to facilities or the services are entering the
market. These organizations are, for example, technical installation companies,
construction companies, IT-companies, cleaning companies, specialized FM service
providers or real estate companies. This makes the group of companies that are active in
facilities management very diverse.

8.3 Demand side conditions

The recent boom in outsourcing facilities management is driven by a continuous process


of client firms to focus on core business activities and getting rid of non-core business
related activities. This process started in the 1980s and 1990s, when companies started to
outsource the traditional services that were not important to their core businesses:
cleaning, outdoor maintenance, housekeeping, food service, security, etc. However, the
most important services as well as the management of the different services and service
providers mostly remained in-house (The traditional corporate management model).

151
Reference see footnote 1

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 175


152
Figure 111: Traditional corporate management model

With increased competitive pressure in most industries demands companies to become


even more productive, streamlining processes and freeing up time to focus on what the
company can do best, recent years have seen increasing outsourcing of the management
of facilities and facilities services. Moreover, a growing number of owners are also
selling their real estate assets to outside investors. This kind of “sale and lease-back”
model is becoming especially popular with organizations that want to activate all or part
of their assets to their core businesses. This evolution has meant that client companies
more and more start looking for companies that can provide them with a total package of
supporting services.

153
Figure 112: Outsourcing since 2000

152
Tuomela A. & Puhto J. (2001), Service provision trends of facilities management in Northern Europe, 104 p.
153
Based on Larkas E. (2000), Outsourcing: case Sonora and ABB Finland, presentation

176 Study on Industrial Policy and Services


8.4 Supply side opportunities

With the above evolution, the facilities management industry is confronted with an
increasing demand for facilities services management (i.e. managing and providing -
either through own supply or sub-contracting - the different facilities services for a client
company). This increasing demand holds interesting business opportunities for the
traditional service providers (e.g. cleaning companies, catering, security services), as
many find themselves in a position of providing ‘low value added’ (see e.g. the sector
analyses on the cleaning industry and security services industry). Entering the market of
facilities management allows these firms to ‘move up the value chain’. By not only
providing one (or more) facility service(s) themselves, but also managing all facilities
services contracts for client companies, they significantly enlarge the value added that
they can provide to client companies, which hopefully translates into higher profit
margins for the service provider. Moreover, the broader scope of activities gives the
companies new possibilities to improve time management of personnel.

As a consequence many ‘new’ FM companies – mostly facility services providers


originally – enter/have entered the FM market and try to evolve to a business model that
allows them to offer clients a ‘total facilities management’ service package.

8.5 Future challenges in total facilities management

Despite this increased demand for more integrated FM and the seemingly attractive
business opportunities for many (especially low value added) service providers attached
to this evolution, in reality total FM seems to be a very complex service to deliver.

After a period characterised by enormous expectations from demand side and great
promises from the supply side, in many cases this was followed by even greater
disappointment. Client companies making use of total FM contracts wanted positive
results relatively fast. It was often seen as a quick fix problem solver to facilitate change
or manage a peak demand. Total FM companies on the other hand were often too small to
deliver the services that client companies had hoped for, especially in the short run154. As
a reaction to these bad experiences, client companies returned to the in-house provision of
FM.

As the industry is now evolving towards more realistic expectations when it comes to
total FM, some important elements to guarantee a more successful client-service provider
relationship become clear:
ƒ Importance of partnering and trust in client-service provider relationship:
Delivering management services is very different from delivering operational services
such as cleaning or catering. Management services contracts much more require a
good matching of organisational cultures and demand patience and time to build a
good level of understanding and trust between client and service provider. Based on

154
A recent survey of the British Institute of Facilities Management (2007) has shown that more than 60% of the survey
participants agree that delivering total facilities management services is too complex for most suppliers and thus that the
market is still some way off from providing client companies with this “one-stop-shop” for their facilities services
management.

Study on Industrial Policy and Services 177


UK experiences, it is said that it takes about 5 to 7 years to optimally build this
partnership and achieve the expected results. It can be expected that the evolution
towards such “partnership thinking” will have a visible effect on the average contract
length in the FM industry.
ƒ Different approach in contracting: Whereas for more operational services contracts
can be mostly “input-driven” containing long lists of duties and detailed prescriptions,
management services contracts are better “output-driven” with more attention to
describing what needs to be done, rather that how t is to be done. This makes
management contract models less complicated and enables the management and
service provider to adapt more easily to changes in the client organisation. This
approach is more in line with the evolution towards the partnership thinking in the
client-service provider relationship and the evolution towards longer period contracts.
ƒ Quality standards and measurement: A major issue with many “bad experiences”
in the past was related to service quality. As in many other services industries exact
quality definitions are non-existent and were often not included in contracts, leaving
much room for discussions. In several sub-domains of total FM, such as in the
cleaning industry, a lot of work has been done to develop better quality standards.
However, these initiatives are branch specific. An all-encompassing total FM
standard is very hard to develop. To give an answer to this quality issue, and closely
related to the different approach in contracting, it is expected that quality
measurement in FM services contracts will be more based on output and
performance-based measurement, including SLAs and KPIs in the contracts to
guarantee outputs and control quality.

8.6 Potential policy implications

The above discussion clearly shows that the facilities management “industry” involves a
wide range of activities and different types of companies, which exceed the boundaries of
any traditionally defined industry (even exceeding the broad classification knowledge
intensive/less knowledge intensive services), but is related to many industries.

Policy makers are confronted with the challenge to develop a more integrated view on
FM, apart from the traditional sector boundaries. At the same time, many policy
initiatives that have already been taken in different sub-domains relating to FM (cleaning
industry, private security, etc.) should not be neglected. As activities from different
industries are to be combined within one FM company that has to comply with legislation
and regulation relevant to several sectors, possible conflicts may arise in terms of
standard requirements etc., thus hampering the development of a real total FM company.

178 Study on Industrial Policy and Services

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen